summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/1644-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '1644-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--1644-0.txt7264
1 files changed, 7264 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/1644-0.txt b/1644-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60b554e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1644-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7264 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Adventures of Gerard, by Arthur Conan Doyle
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Adventures of Gerard
+
+Author: Arthur Conan Doyle
+
+Posting Date: September 21, 2008 [EBook #1644]
+Release Date: February, 1999
+Last Updated: March 6, 2018
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF GERARD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Keller
+
+
+
+
+
+THE ADVENTURES OF GERARD
+
+By A. Conan Doyle
+
+
+
+
+ “Il etait brave mais avec cette graine de folie dans sa
+ bravoure que les Francais aiment.”
+
+ FRENCH BIOGRAPHY.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+I hope that some readers may possibly be interested in these little
+tales of the Napoleonic soldiers to the extent of following them up to
+the springs from which they flow. The age was rich in military material,
+some of it the most human and the most picturesque that I have ever
+read. Setting aside historical works or the biographies of the
+leaders there is a mass of evidence written by the actual fighting men
+themselves, which describes their feelings and their experiences, stated
+always from the point of view of the particular branch of the service
+to which they belonged. The Cavalry were particularly happy in their
+writers of memoirs. Thus De Rocca in his “Memoires sur la guerre des
+Francais en Espagne” has given the narrative of a Hussar, while De
+Naylies in his “Memoires sur la guerre d'Espagne” gives the same
+campaigns from the point of view of the Dragoon. Then we have the
+“Souvenirs Militaires du Colonel de Gonneville,” which treats a series
+of wars, including that of Spain, as seen from under the steel-brimmed
+hair-crested helmet of a Cuirassier. Pre-eminent among all these works,
+and among all military memoirs, are the famous reminiscences of Marbot,
+which can be obtained in an English form. Marbot was a Chasseur, so
+again we obtain the Cavalry point of view. Among other books which help
+one to an understanding of the Napoleonic soldier I would specially
+recommend “Les Cahiers du Capitaine Coignet,” which treat the wars from
+the point of view of the private of the Guards, and “Les Memoires du
+Sergeant Bourgoyne,” who was a non-commissioned officer in the same
+corps. The Journal of Sergeant Fricasse and the Recollections of de
+Fezenac and of de Segur complete the materials from which I have worked
+in my endeavour to give a true historical and military atmosphere to an
+imaginary figure.
+
+ARTHUR CONAN DOYLE.
+
+March, 1903.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+ I. HOW BRIGADIER GERARD LOST HIS EAR
+
+ II. HOW THE BRIGADIER CAPTURED SARAGOSSA
+
+ III. HOW THE BRIGADIER SLEW THE FOX
+
+ IV. HOW THE BRIGADIER SAVED THE ARMY
+
+ V. HOW THE BRIGADIER TRIUMPHED IN ENGLAND
+
+ VI. HOW THE BRIGADIER RODE TO MINSK
+
+ VII. HOW THE BRIGADE BORE HIMSELF AT WATERLOO
+
+ VIII. THE LAST ADVENTURE OF THE BRIGADIER
+
+
+
+
+
+I. How Brigadier Gerard Lost His Ear
+
+
+It was the old Brigadier who was talking in the cafe.
+
+I have seen a great many cities, my friends. I would not dare to tell
+you how many I have entered as a conqueror with eight hundred of my
+little fighting devils clanking and jingling behind me. The cavalry were
+in front of the Grande Armee, and the Hussars of Conflans were in front
+of the cavalry, and I was in front of the Hussars. But of all the cities
+which we visited Venice is the most ill-built and ridiculous. I cannot
+imagine how the people who laid it out thought that the cavalry could
+manoeuvre. It would puzzle Murat or Lassalle to bring a squadron into
+that square of theirs. For this reason we left Kellermann's heavy
+brigade and also my own Hussars at Padua on the mainland. But
+Suchet with the infantry held the town, and he had chosen me as his
+aide-de-camp for that winter, because he was pleased about the affair
+of the Italian fencing-master at Milan. The fellow was a good swordsman,
+and it was fortunate for the credit of French arms that it was I who was
+opposed to him. Besides, he deserved a lesson, for if one does not like
+a prima donna's singing one can always be silent, but it is intolerable
+that a public affront should be put upon a pretty woman. So the sympathy
+was all with me, and after the affair had blown over and the man's widow
+had been pensioned Suchet chose me as his own galloper, and I followed
+him to Venice, where I had the strange adventure which I am about to
+tell you.
+
+You have not been to Venice? No, for it is seldom that the French
+travel. We were great travellers in those days. From Moscow to Cairo
+we had travelled everywhere, but we went in larger parties than were
+convenient to those whom we visited, and we carried our passports in
+our limbers. It will be a bad day for Europe when the French start
+travelling again, for they are slow to leave their homes, but when they
+have done so no one can say how far they will go if they have a guide
+like our little man to point out the way. But the great days are gone
+and the great men are dead, and here am I, the last of them, drinking
+wine of Suresnes and telling old tales in a cafe.
+
+But it is of Venice that I would speak. The folk there live like
+water-rats upon a mud-bank, but the houses are very fine, and the
+churches, especially that of St. Mark, are as great as any I have seen.
+But above all they are proud of their statues and their pictures, which
+are the most famous in Europe. There are many soldiers who think that
+because one's trade is to make war one should never have a thought above
+fighting and plunder. There was old Bouvet, for example--the one who was
+killed by the Prussians on the day that I won the Emperor's medal; if
+you took him away from the camp and the canteen, and spoke to him of
+books or of art, he would sit and stare at you. But the highest soldier
+is a man like myself who can understand the things of the mind and the
+soul. It is true that I was very young when I joined the army, and that
+the quarter-master was my only teacher, but if you go about the world
+with your eyes open you cannot help learning a great deal.
+
+Thus I was able to admire the pictures in Venice, and to know the names
+of the great men, Michael Titiens, and Angelus, and the others, who had
+painted them. No one can say that Napoleon did not admire them also, for
+the very first thing which he did when he captured the town was to send
+the best of them to Paris. We all took what we could get, and I had two
+pictures for my share.
+
+One of them, called “Nymphs Surprised,” I kept for myself, and the
+other, “Saint Barbara,” I sent as a present for my mother.
+
+It must be confessed, however, that some of our men behaved very badly
+in this matter of the statues and the pictures. The people at Venice
+were very much attached to them, and as to the four bronze horses which
+stood over the gate of their great church, they loved them as dearly as
+if they had been their children. I have always been a judge of a horse,
+and I had a good look at these ones, but I could not see that there was
+much to be said for them. They were too coarse-limbed for light cavalry
+charges and they had not the weight for the gun-teams.
+
+However, they were the only four horses, alive or dead, in the whole
+town, so it was not to be expected that the people would know any
+better. They wept bitterly when they were sent away, and ten French
+soldiers were found floating in the canals that night. As a punishment
+for these murders a great many more of their pictures were sent away,
+and the soldiers took to breaking the statues and firing their muskets
+at the stained-glass windows.
+
+This made the people furious, and there was very bad feeling in the
+town. Many officers and men disappeared during that winter, and even
+their bodies were never found.
+
+For myself I had plenty to do, and I never found the time heavy on
+my hands. In every country it has been my custom to try to learn the
+language. For this reason I always look round for some lady who will be
+kind enough to teach it to me, and then we practise it together. This
+is the most interesting way of picking it up, and before I was thirty I
+could speak nearly every tongue in Europe; but it must be confessed that
+what you learn is not of much use for the ordinary purposes of life. My
+business, for example, has usually been with soldiers and peasants, and
+what advantage is it to be able to say to them that I love only them,
+and that I will come back when the wars are over?
+
+Never have I had so sweet a teacher as in Venice. Lucia was her first
+name, and her second--but a gentleman forgets second names. I can say
+this with all discretion, that she was of one of the senatorial families
+of Venice and that her grandfather had been Doge of the town.
+
+She was of an exquisite beauty--and when I, Etienne Gerard, use such a
+word as “exquisite,” my friends, it has a meaning. I have judgment, I
+have memories, I have the means of comparison. Of all the women who have
+loved me there are not twenty to whom I could apply such a term as that.
+But I say again that Lucia was exquisite.
+
+Of the dark type I do not recall her equal unless it were Dolores of
+Toledo. There was a little brunette whom I loved at Santarem when I was
+soldiering under Massena in Portugal--her name has escaped me. She was
+of a perfect beauty, but she had not the figure nor the grace of Lucia.
+There was Agnes also. I could not put one before the other, but I do
+none an injustice when I say that Lucia was the equal of the best.
+
+It was over this matter of pictures that I had first met her, for her
+father owned a palace on the farther side of the Rialto Bridge upon the
+Grand Canal, and it was so packed with wall-paintings that Suchet sent a
+party of sappers to cut some of them out and send them to Paris.
+
+I had gone down with them, and after I had seen Lucia in tears it
+appeared to me that the plaster would crack if it were taken from the
+support of the wall. I said so, and the sappers were withdrawn. After
+that I was the friend of the family, and many a flask of Chianti have
+I cracked with the father and many a sweet lesson have I had from the
+daughter. Some of our French officers married in Venice that winter,
+and I might have done the same, for I loved her with all my heart; but
+Etienne Gerard has his sword, his horse, his regiment, his mother, his
+Emperor, and his career. A debonair Hussar has room in his life for
+love, but none for a wife. So I thought then, my friends, but I did not
+see the lonely days when I should long to clasp those vanished hands,
+and turn my head away when I saw old comrades with their tall children
+standing round their chairs. This love which I had thought was a joke
+and a plaything--it is only now that I understand that it is the moulder
+of one's life, the most solemn and sacred of all things--Thank you, my
+friend, thank you! It is a good wine, and a second bottle cannot hurt.
+
+And now I will tell you how my love for Lucia was the cause of one
+of the most terrible of all the wonderful adventures which have ever
+befallen me, and how it was that I came to lose the top of my right ear.
+You have often asked me why it was missing. To-night for the first time
+I will tell you.
+
+Suchet's head-quarters at that time was the old palace of the Doge
+Dandolo, which stands on the lagoon not far from the place of San Marco.
+It was near the end of the winter, and I had returned one night from the
+Theatre Goldini, when I found a note from Lucia and a gondola waiting.
+She prayed me to come to her at once as she was in trouble. To a
+Frenchman and a soldier there was but one answer to such a note. In an
+instant I was in the boat and the gondolier was pushing out into the
+dark lagoon.
+
+I remember that as I took my seat in the boat I was struck by the man's
+great size. He was not tall, but he was one of the broadest men that
+I have ever seen in my life. But the gondoliers of Venice are a strong
+breed, and powerful men are common enough among them. The fellow took
+his place behind me and began to row.
+
+A good soldier in an enemy's country should everywhere and at all times
+be on the alert. It has been one of the rules of my life, and if I have
+lived to wear grey hairs it is because I have observed it. And yet upon
+that night I was as careless as a foolish young recruit who fears lest
+he should be thought to be afraid. My pistols I had left behind in my
+hurry. My sword was at my belt, but it is not always the most convenient
+of weapons. I lay back in my seat in the gondola, lulled by the gentle
+swish of the water and the steady creaking of the oar. Our way lay
+through a network of narrow canals with high houses towering on either
+side and a thin slit of star-spangled sky above us. Here and there, on
+the bridges which spanned the canal, there was the dim glimmer of an oil
+lamp, and sometimes there came a gleam from some niche where a candle
+burned before the image of a saint. But save for this it was all black,
+and one could only see the water by the white fringe which curled round
+the long black nose of our boat. It was a place and a time for dreaming.
+I thought of my own past life, of all the great deeds in which I had
+been concerned, of the horses that I had handled, and of the women that
+I had loved. Then I thought also of my dear mother, and I fancied her
+joy when she heard the folk in the village talking about the fame of her
+son. Of the Emperor also I thought, and of France, the dear fatherland,
+the sunny France, mother of beautiful daughters and of gallant sons. My
+heart glowed within me as I thought of how we had brought her colours
+so many hundred leagues beyond her borders. To her greatness I would
+dedicate my life. I placed my hand upon my heart as I swore it, and at
+that instant the gondolier fell upon me from behind.
+
+When I say that he fell upon me I do not mean merely that he attacked
+me, but that he really did tumble upon me with all his weight. The
+fellow stands behind you and above you as he rows, so that you can
+neither see him nor can you in any way guard against such an assault.
+
+One moment I had sat with my mind filled with sublime resolutions, the
+next I was flattened out upon the bottom of the boat, the breath dashed
+out of my body, and this monster pinning me down. I felt the fierce
+pants of his hot breath upon the back of my neck. In an instant he had
+torn away my sword, had slipped a sack over my head, and had tied a rope
+firmly round the outside of it.
+
+There I was at the bottom of the gondola as helpless as a trussed fowl.
+I could not shout, I could not move; I was a mere bundle. An instant
+later I heard once more the swishing of the water and the creaking of
+the oar.
+
+This fellow had done his work and had resumed his journey as quietly and
+unconcernedly as if he were accustomed to clap a sack over a colonel of
+Hussars every day of the week.
+
+I cannot tell you the humiliation and also the fury which filled my mind
+as I lay there like a helpless sheep being carried to the butcher's. I,
+Etienne Gerard, the champion of the six brigades of light cavalry and
+the first swordsman of the Grand Army, to be overpowered by a single
+unarmed man in such a fashion! Yet I lay quiet, for there is a time
+to resist and there is a time to save one's strength. I had felt the
+fellow's grip upon my arms, and I knew that I would be a child in his
+hands. I waited quietly, therefore, with a heart which burned with rage,
+until my opportunity should come.
+
+How long I lay there at the bottom of the boat I can not tell; but it
+seemed to me to be a long time, and always there were the hiss of the
+waters and the steady creaking of the oar. Several times we turned
+corners, for I heard the long, sad cry which these gondoliers give when
+they wish to warn their fellows that they are coming. At last, after a
+considerable journey, I felt the side of the boat scrape up against a
+landing-place. The fellow knocked three times with his oar upon wood,
+and in answer to his summons I heard the rasping of bars and the turning
+of keys. A great door creaked back upon its hinges.
+
+“Have you got him?” asked a voice, in Italian.
+
+My monster gave a laugh and kicked the sack in which I lay.
+
+“Here he is,” said he.
+
+“They are waiting.” He added something which I could not understand.
+
+“Take him, then,” said my captor. He raised me in his arms, ascended
+some steps, and I was thrown down upon a hard floor. A moment later the
+bars creaked and the key whined once more. I was a prisoner inside a
+house.
+
+From the voices and the steps there seemed now to be several people
+round me. I understand Italian a great deal better than I speak it, and
+I could make out very well what they were saying.
+
+“You have not killed him, Matteo?”
+
+“What matter if I have?”
+
+“My faith, you will have to answer for it to the tribunal.”
+
+“They will kill him, will they not?”
+
+“Yes, but it is not for you or me to take it out of their hands.”
+
+“Tut! I have not killed him. Dead men do not bite, and his cursed teeth
+met in my thumb as I pulled the sack over his head.”
+
+“He lies very quiet.”
+
+“Tumble him out and you will find that he is lively enough.”
+
+The cord which bound me was undone and the sack drawn from over my head.
+With my eyes closed I lay motionless upon the floor.
+
+“By the saints, Matteo, I tell you that you have broken his neck.”
+
+“Not I. He has only fainted. The better for him if he never came out of
+it again.”
+
+I felt a hand within my tunic.
+
+“Matteo is right,” said a voice. “His heart beats like a hammer. Let him
+lie and he will soon find his senses.”
+
+I waited for a minute or so and then I ventured to take a stealthy peep
+from between my lashes. At first I could see nothing, for I had been
+so long in darkness and it was but a dim light in which I found myself.
+Soon, however, I made out that a high and vaulted ceiling covered with
+painted gods and goddesses was arching over my head. This was no mean
+den of cut-throats into which I had been carried, but it must be the
+hall of some Venetian palace. Then, without movement, very slowly and
+stealthily I had a peep at the men who surrounded me. There was the
+gondolier, a swart, hard-faced, murderous ruffian, and beside him were
+three other men, one of them a little, twisted fellow with an air
+of authority and several keys in his hand, the other two tall young
+servants in a smart livery. As I listened to their talk I saw that the
+small man was the steward of the house, and that the others were under
+his orders.
+
+There were four of them, then, but the little steward might be left out
+of the reckoning. Had I a weapon I should have smiled at such odds as
+those. But, hand to hand, I was no match for the one even without three
+others to aid him. Cunning, then, not force, must be my aid. I wished
+to look round for some mode of escape, and in doing so I gave an almost
+imperceptible movement of my head. Slight as it was it did not escape my
+guardians.
+
+“Come, wake up, wake up!” cried the steward.
+
+“Get on your feet, little Frenchman,” growled the gondolier. “Get up, I
+say,” and for the second time he spurned me with his foot.
+
+Never in the world was a command obeyed so promptly as that one. In an
+instant I had bounded to my feet and rushed as hard as I could to the
+back of the hall. They were after me as I have seen the English hounds
+follow a fox, but there was a long passage down which I tore.
+
+It turned to the left and again to the left, and then I found myself
+back in the hall once more. They were almost within touch of me and
+there was no time for thought. I turned toward the staircase, but two
+men were coming down it. I dodged back and tried the door through which
+I had been brought, but it was fastened with great bars and I could not
+loosen them. The gondolier was on me with his knife, but I met him with
+a kick on the body which stretched him on his back. His dagger flew with
+a clatter across the marble floor. I had no time to seize it, for there
+were half a dozen of them now clutching at me. As I rushed through them
+the little steward thrust his leg before me and I fell with a crash, but
+I was up in an instant, and breaking from their grasp I burst through
+the very middle of them and made for a door at the other end of the
+hall. I reached it well in front of them, and I gave a shout of triumph
+as the handle turned freely in my hand, for I could see that it led to
+the outside and that all was clear for my escape. But I had forgotten
+this strange city in which I was. Every house is an island. As I flung
+open the door, ready to bound out into the street, the light of the hall
+shone upon the deep, still, black water which lay flush with the topmost
+step.
+
+I shrank back, and in an instant my pursuers were on me.
+
+But I am not taken so easily. Again I kicked and fought my way through
+them, though one of them tore a handful of hair from my head in his
+effort to hold me. The little steward struck me with a key and I was
+battered and bruised, but once more I cleared a way in front of me.
+
+Up the grand staircase I rushed, burst open the pair of huge folding
+doors which faced me, and learned at last that my efforts were in vain.
+
+The room into which I had broken was brilliantly lighted. With its gold
+cornices, its massive pillars, and its painted walls and ceilings it was
+evidently the grand hall of some famous Venetian palace. There are many
+hundred such in this strange city, any one of which has rooms which
+would grace the Louvre or Versailles. In the centre of this great hall
+there was a raised dais, and upon it in a half circle there sat twelve
+men all clad in black gowns, like those of a Franciscan monk, and each
+with a mask over the upper part of his face.
+
+A group of armed men--rough-looking rascals--were standing round the
+door, and amid them facing the dais was a young fellow in the uniform
+of the light infantry. As he turned his head I recognised him. It was
+Captain Auret, of the 7th, a young Basque with whom I had drunk many a
+glass during the winter.
+
+He was deadly white, poor wretch, but he held himself manfully amid the
+assassins who surrounded him. Never shall I forget the sudden flash of
+hope which shone in his dark eyes when he saw a comrade burst into the
+room, or the look of despair which followed as he understood that I had
+come not to change his fate but to share it.
+
+You can think how amazed these people were when I hurled myself into
+their presence. My pursuers had crowded in behind me and choked the
+doorway, so that all further flight was out of the question. It is at
+such instants that my nature asserts itself. With dignity I advanced
+toward the tribunal. My jacket was torn, my hair was dishevelled, my
+head was bleeding, but there was that in my eyes and in my carriage
+which made them realise that no common man was before them. Not a hand
+was raised to arrest me until I halted in front of a formidable old man,
+whose long grey beard and masterful manner told me that both by years
+and by character he was the man in authority.
+
+“Sir,” said I, “you will, perhaps, tell me why I have been forcibly
+arrested and brought to this place. I am an honourable soldier, as is
+this other gentleman here, and I demand that you will instantly set us
+both at liberty.”
+
+There was an appalling silence to my appeal. It was not pleasant to
+have twelve masked faces turned upon you and to see twelve pairs of
+vindictive Italian eyes fixed with fierce intentness upon your face. But
+I stood as a debonair soldier should, and I could not but reflect how
+much credit I was bringing upon the Hussars of Conflans by the dignity
+of my bearing. I do not think that anyone could have carried himself
+better under such difficult circumstances. I looked with a fearless face
+from one assassin to another, and I waited for some reply.
+
+It was the grey-beard who at last broke the silence.
+
+“Who is this man?” he asked.
+
+“His name is Gerard,” said the little steward at the door.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” said I. “I will not deceive you. I am Etienne Gerard,
+THE Colonel Gerard, five times mentioned in despatches and recommended
+for the sword of honour. I am aide-de-camp to General Suchet, and I
+demand my instant release, together with that of my comrade in arms.”
+
+The same terrible silence fell upon the assembly, and the same twelve
+pairs of merciless eyes were bent upon my face. Again it was the
+grey-beard who spoke.
+
+“He is out of his order. There are two names upon our list before him.”
+
+“He escaped from our hands and burst into the room.”
+
+“Let him await his turn. Take him down to the wooden cell.”
+
+“If he resist us, your Excellency?”
+
+“Bury your knives in his body. The tribunal will uphold you. Remove him
+until we have dealt with the others.”
+
+They advanced upon me, and for an instant I thought of resistance.
+It would have been a heroic death, but who was there to see it or to
+chronicle it? I might be only postponing my fate, and yet I had been in
+so many bad places and come out unhurt that I had learned always to hope
+and to trust my star. I allowed these rascals to seize me, and I was led
+from the room, the gondolier walking at my side with a long naked knife
+in his hand. I could see in his brutal eyes the satisfaction which it
+would give him if he could find some excuse for plunging it into my
+body.
+
+They are wonderful places, these great Venetian houses, palaces, and
+fortresses, and prisons all in one. I was led along a passage and down
+a bare stone stair until we came to a short corridor from which three
+doors opened. Through one of these I was thrust and the spring lock
+closed behind me. The only light came dimly through a small grating
+which opened on the passage.
+
+Peering and feeling, I carefully examined the chamber in which I had
+been placed. I understood from what I had heard that I should soon have
+to leave it again in order to appear before this tribunal, but still it
+is not my nature to throw away any possible chances.
+
+The stone floor of the cell was so damp and the walls for some feet high
+were so slimy and foul that it was evident they were beneath the level
+of the water. A single slanting hole high up near the ceiling was the
+only aperture for light or air. Through it I saw one bright star shining
+down upon me, and the sight filled me with comfort and with hope. I have
+never been a man of religion, though I have always had a respect for
+those who were, but I remember that night that the star shining down the
+shaft seemed to be an all-seeing eye which was upon me, and I felt as a
+young and frightened recruit might feel in battle when he saw the calm
+gaze of his colonel turned upon him.
+
+Three of the sides of my prison were formed of stone, but the fourth
+was of wood, and I could see that it had only recently been erected.
+Evidently a partition had been thrown up to divide a single large cell
+into two smaller ones. There was no hope for me in the old walls, in the
+tiny window, or in the massive door. It was only in this one direction
+of the wooden screen that there was any possibility of exploring. My
+reason told me that if I should pierce it--which did not seem very
+difficult--it would only be to find myself in another cell as strong
+as that in which I then was. Yet I had always rather be doing something
+than doing nothing, so I bent all my attention and all my energies upon
+the wooden wall. Two planks were badly joined, and so loose that I was
+certain I could easily detach them. I searched about for some tool,
+and I found one in the leg of a small bed which stood in the corner. I
+forced the end of this into the chink of the planks, and I was about to
+twist them outward when the sound of rapid footsteps caused me to pause
+and to listen.
+
+I wish I could forget what I heard. Many a hundred men have I seen die
+in battle, and I have slain more myself than I care to think of, but all
+that was fair fight and the duty of a soldier. It was a very different
+matter to listen to a murder in this den of assassins. They were pushing
+someone along the passage, someone who resisted and who clung to my
+door as he passed. They must have taken him into the third cell, the
+one which was farthest from me. “Help! Help!” cried a voice, and then I
+heard a blow and a scream. “Help! Help!” cried the voice again, and then
+“Gerard! Colonel Gerard!” It was my poor captain of infantry whom they
+were slaughtering.
+
+“Murderers! Murderers!” I yelled, and I kicked at my door, but again I
+heard him shout and then everything was silent. A minute later there was
+a heavy splash, and I knew that no human eye would ever see Auret again.
+He had gone as a hundred others had gone whose names were missing from
+the roll-calls of their regiments during that winter in Venice.
+
+The steps returned along the passage, and I thought that they were
+coming for me. Instead of that they opened the door of the cell next to
+mine and they took someone out of it. I heard the steps die away up the
+stair.
+
+At once I renewed my work upon the planks, and within a very few minutes
+I had loosened them in such a way that I could remove and replace them
+at pleasure. Passing through the aperture I found myself in the farther
+cell, which, as I expected, was the other half of the one in which I had
+been confined. I was not any nearer to escape than I had been before,
+for there was no other wooden wall which I could penetrate and the
+spring lock of the door had been closed. There were no traces to show
+who was my companion in misfortune. Closing the two loose planks behind
+me I returned to my own cell and waited there with all the courage which
+I could command for the summons which would probably be my death knell.
+
+It was a long time in coming, but at last I heard the sound of feet once
+more in the passage, and I nerved myself to listen to some other odious
+deed and to hear the cries of the poor victim. Nothing of the kind
+occurred, however, and the prisoner was placed in the cell without
+violence. I had no time to peep through my hole of communication, for
+next moment my own door was flung open and my rascally gondolier, with
+the other assassins, came into the cell.
+
+“Come, Frenchman,” said he. He held his blood-stained knife in his
+great, hairy hand, and I read in his fierce eyes that he only looked for
+some excuse in order to plunge it into my heart. Resistance was useless.
+I followed without a word. I was led up the stone stair and back into
+that gorgeous chamber in which I had left the secret tribunal. I was
+ushered in, but to my surprise it was not on me that their attention
+was fixed. One of their own number, a tall, dark young man, was standing
+before them and was pleading with them in low, earnest tones. His
+voice quivered with anxiety and his hands darted in and out or writhed
+together in an agony of entreaty. “You cannot do it! You cannot do it!”
+ he cried.
+
+“I implore the tribunal to reconsider this decision.”
+
+“Stand aside, brother,” said the old man who presided.
+
+“The case is decided and another is up for judgment.”
+
+“For Heaven's sake be merciful!” cried the young man.
+
+“We have already been merciful,” the other answered.
+
+“Death would have been a small penalty for such an offence. Be silent
+and let judgment take its course.”
+
+I saw the young man throw himself in an agony of grief into his chair. I
+had no time, however, to speculate as to what it was which was troubling
+him, for his eleven colleagues had already fixed their stern eyes upon
+me.
+
+The moment of fate had arrived.
+
+“You are Colonel Gerard?” said the terrible old man.
+
+“I am.”
+
+“Aide-de-camp to the robber who calls himself General Suchet, who in
+turn represents that arch-robber Buonaparte?”
+
+It was on my lips to tell him that he was a liar, but there is a time to
+argue and a time to be silent.
+
+“I am an honourable soldier,” said I. “I have obeyed my orders and done
+my duty.”
+
+The blood flushed into the old man's face and his eyes blazed through
+his mask.
+
+“You are thieves and murderers, every man of you,” he cried. “What are
+you doing here? You are Frenchmen. Why are you not in France? Did we
+invite you to Venice? By what right are you here? Where are our
+pictures? Where are the horses of St. Mark? Who are you that you should
+pilfer those treasures which our fathers through so many centuries have
+collected? We were a great city when France was a desert. Your drunken,
+brawling, ignorant soldiers have undone the work of saints and heroes.
+What have you to say to it?”
+
+He was, indeed, a formidable old man, for his white beard bristled with
+fury and he barked out the little sentences like a savage hound. For
+my part I could have told him that his pictures would be safe in Paris,
+that his horses were really not worth making a fuss about, and that he
+could see heroes--I say nothing of saints--without going back to his
+ancestors or even moving out of his chair. All this I could have pointed
+out, but one might as well argue with a Mameluke about religion. I
+shrugged my shoulders and said nothing.
+
+“The prisoner has no defence,” said one of my masked judges.
+
+“Has any one any observation to make before judgment is passed?” The old
+man glared round him at the others.
+
+“There is one matter, your Excellency,” said another.
+
+“It can scarce be referred to without reopening a brother's wounds,
+but I would remind you that there is a very particular reason why an
+exemplary punishment should be inflicted in the case of this officer.”
+
+“I had not forgotten it,” the old man answered.
+
+“Brother, if the tribunal has injured you in one direction, it will give
+you ample satisfaction in another.”
+
+The young man who had been pleading when I entered the room staggered to
+his feet.
+
+“I cannot endure it,” he cried. “Your Excellency must forgive me. The
+tribunal can act without me. I am ill. I am mad.” He flung his hands out
+with a furious gesture and rushed from the room.
+
+“Let him go! Let him go!” said the president. “It is, indeed, more than
+can be asked of flesh and blood that he should remain under this roof.
+But he is a true Venetian, and when the first agony is over he will
+understand that it could not be otherwise.”
+
+I had been forgotten during this episode, and though I am not a man who
+is accustomed to being overlooked I should have been all the happier
+had they continued to neglect me. But now the old president glared at me
+again like a tiger who comes back to his victim.
+
+“You shall pay for it all, and it is but justice that you should,” he
+said. “You, an upstart adventurer and foreigner, have dared to raise
+your eyes in love to the grand daughter of a Doge of Venice who was
+already betrothed to the heir of the Loredans. He who enjoys such
+privileges must pay a price for them.”
+
+“It cannot be higher than they are worth,” said I.
+
+“You will tell us that when you have made a part payment,” said he.
+“Perhaps your spirit may not be so proud by that time. Matteo, you will
+lead this prisoner to the wooden cell. To-night is Monday. Let him
+have no food or water, and let him be led before the tribunal again
+on Wednesday night. We shall then decide upon the death which he is to
+die.”
+
+It was not a pleasant prospect, and yet it was a reprieve. One is
+thankful for small mercies when a hairy savage with a blood-stained
+knife is standing at one's elbow. He dragged me from the room and I was
+thrust down the stairs and back into my cell. The door was locked and I
+was left to my reflections.
+
+My first thought was to establish connection with my neighbour
+in misfortune. I waited until the steps had died away, and then I
+cautiously drew aside the two boards and peeped through. The light was
+very dim, so dim that I could only just discern a figure huddled in the
+corner, and I could hear the low whisper of a voice which prayed as one
+prays who is in deadly fear. The boards must have made a creaking. There
+was a sharp exclamation of surprise.
+
+“Courage, friend, courage!” I cried. “All is not lost. Keep a stout
+heart, for Etienne Gerard is by your side.”
+
+“Etienne!” It was a woman's voice which spoke--a voice which was always
+music to my ears. I sprang through the gap and I flung my arms round
+her.
+
+“Lucia! Lucia!” I cried.
+
+It was “Etienne!” and “Lucia!” for some minutes, for one does not make
+speeches at moments like that. It was she who came to her senses first.
+
+“Oh, Etienne, they will kill you. How came you into their hands?”
+
+“In answer to your letter.”
+
+“I wrote no letter.”
+
+“The cunning demons! But you?”
+
+“I came also in answer to your letter.”
+
+“Lucia, I wrote no letter.”
+
+“They have trapped us both with the same bait.”
+
+“I care nothing about myself, Lucia. Besides, there is no pressing
+danger with me. They have simply returned me to my cell.”
+
+“Oh, Etienne, Etienne, they will kill you. Lorenzo is there.”
+
+“The old greybeard?”
+
+“No, no, a young dark man. He loved me, and I thought I loved him
+until--until I learned what love is, Etienne. He will never forgive you.
+He has a heart of stone.”
+
+“Let them do what they like. They cannot rob me of the past, Lucia. But
+you--what about you?”
+
+“It will be nothing, Etienne. Only a pang for an instant and then all
+over. They mean it as a badge of infamy, dear, but I will carry it like
+a crown of honour since it was through you that I gained it.”
+
+Her words froze my blood with horror. All my adventures were
+insignificant compared to this terrible shadow which was creeping over
+my soul.
+
+“Lucia! Lucia!” I cried. “For pity's sake tell me what these butchers
+are about to do. Tell me, Lucia! Tell me!”
+
+“I will not tell you, Etienne, for it would hurt you far more than
+it would me. Well, well, I will tell you lest you should fear it was
+something worse. The president has ordered that my ear be cut off, that
+I may be marked for ever as having loved a Frenchman.”
+
+Her ear! The dear little ear which I had kissed so often. I put my hand
+to each little velvet shell to make certain that this sacrilege had not
+yet been committed.
+
+Only over my dead body should they reach them. I swore it to her between
+my clenched teeth.
+
+“You must not care, Etienne. And yet I love that you should care all the
+same.”
+
+“They shall not hurt you--the fiends!”
+
+“I have hopes, Etienne. Lorenzo is there. He was silent while I was
+judged, but he may have pleaded for me after I was gone.”
+
+“He did. I heard him.”
+
+“Then he may have softened their hearts.”
+
+I knew that it was not so, but how could I bring myself to tell her?
+I might as well have done so, for with the quick instinct of woman my
+silence was speech to her.
+
+“They would not listen to him! You need not fear to tell me, dear, for
+you will find that I am worthy to be loved by such a soldier. Where is
+Lorenzo now?”
+
+“He left the hall.”
+
+“Then he may have left the house as well.”
+
+“I believe that he did.”
+
+“He has abandoned me to my fate. Etienne, Etienne, they are coming!”
+
+Afar off I heard those fateful steps and the jingle of distant keys.
+What were they coming for now, since there were no other prisoners to
+drag to judgment? It could only be to carry out the sentence upon my
+darling.
+
+I stood between her and the door, with the strength of a lion in my
+limbs. I would tear the house down before they should touch her.
+
+
+“Go back! Go back!” she cried. “They will murder you, Etienne. My life,
+at least, is safe. For the love you bear me, Etienne, go back. It is
+nothing. I will make no sound. You will not hear that it is done.”
+
+She wrestled with me, this delicate creature, and by main force she
+dragged me to the opening between the cells. But a sudden thought had
+crossed my mind.
+
+“We may yet be saved,” I whispered. “Do what I tell you at once and
+without argument. Go into my cell. Quick!”
+
+I pushed her through the gap and helped her to replace the planks. I had
+retained her cloak in my hands, and with this wrapped round me I crept
+into the darkest corner of her cell. There I lay when the door was
+opened and several men came in. I had reckoned that they would bring no
+lantern, for they had none with them before.
+
+To their eyes I was only a dark blur in the corner.
+
+“Bring a light,” said one of them.
+
+“No, no; curse it!” cried a rough voice, which I knew to be that of the
+ruffian, Matteo. “It is not a job that I like, and the more I saw it
+the less I should like it. I am sorry, signora, but the order of the
+tribunal has to be obeyed.”
+
+My impulse was to spring to my feet and to rush through them all and
+out by the open door. But how would that help Lucia? Suppose that I got
+clear away, she would be in their hands until I could come back with
+help, for single-handed I could not hope to clear a way for her. All
+this flashed through my mind in an instant, and I saw that the only
+course for me was to lie still, take what came, and wait my chance. The
+fellow's coarse hand felt about among my curls--those curls in which
+only a woman's fingers had ever wandered. The next instant he gripped my
+ear and a pain shot through me as if I had been touched with a hot iron.
+I bit my lip to stifle a cry, and I felt the blood run warm down my neck
+and back.
+
+“There, thank Heaven, that's over,” said the fellow, giving me a
+friendly pat on the head. “You're a brave girl, signora, I'll say
+that for you, and I only wish you'd have better taste than to love a
+Frenchman. You can blame him and not me for what I have done.”
+
+What could I do save to lie still and grind my teeth at my own
+helplessness? At the same time my pain and my rage were always soothed
+by the reflection that I had suffered for the woman whom I loved. It is
+the custom of men to say to ladies that they would willingly endure any
+pain for their sake, but it was my privilege to show that I had said no
+more than I meant. I thought also how nobly I would seem to have
+acted if ever the story came to be told, and how proud the regiment of
+Conflans might well be of their colonel. These thoughts helped me
+to suffer in silence while the blood still trickled over my neck and
+dripped upon the stone floor. It was that sound which nearly led to my
+destruction.
+
+
+“She's bleeding fast,” said one of the valets. “You had best fetch a
+surgeon or you will find her dead in the morning.”
+
+“She lies very still and she has never opened her mouth,” said another.
+“The shock has killed her.”
+
+“Nonsense; a young woman does not die so easily.” It was Matteo who
+spoke. “Besides, I did but snip off enough to leave the tribunal's mark
+upon her. Rouse up, signora, rouse up!”
+
+He shook me by the shoulder, and my heart stood still for fear he should
+feel the epaulet under the mantle.
+
+“How is it with you now?” he asked.
+
+I made no answer.
+
+“Curse it, I wish I had to do with a man instead of a woman, and the
+fairest woman in Venice,” said the gondolier. “Here, Nicholas, lend me
+your handkerchief and bring a light.”
+
+It was all over. The worst had happened. Nothing could save me. I still
+crouched in the corner, but I was tense in every muscle, like a wild cat
+about to spring.
+
+If I had to die I was determined that my end should be worthy of my
+life.
+
+One of them had gone for a lamp and Matteo was stooping over me with a
+handkerchief. In another instant my secret would be discovered. But he
+suddenly drew himself straight and stood motionless. At the same instant
+there came a confused murmuring sound through the little window far
+above my head. It was the rattle of oars and the buzz of many voices.
+Then there was a crash upon the door upstairs, and a terrible voice
+roared: “Open! Open in the name of the Emperor!”
+
+The Emperor! It was like the mention of some saint which, by its very
+sound, can frighten the demons.
+
+Away they ran with cries of terror--Matteo, the valets, the steward, all
+of the murderous gang. Another shout and then the crash of a hatchet and
+the splintering of planks. There were the rattle of arms and the cries
+of French soldiers in the hall. Next instant feet came flying down the
+stair and a man burst frantically into my cell.
+
+“Lucia!” he cried, “Lucia!” He stood in the dim light, panting and
+unable to find his words. Then he broke out again. “Have I not shown you
+how I love you, Lucia? What more could I do to prove it? I have betrayed
+my country, I have broken my vow, I have ruined my friends, and I have
+given my life in order to save you.”
+
+It was young Lorenzo Loredan, the lover whom I had superseded. My heart
+was heavy for him at the time, but after all it is every man for himself
+in love, and if one fails in the game it is some consolation to lose to
+one who can be a graceful and considerate winner.
+
+I was about to point this out to him, but at the first word I uttered he
+gave a shout of astonishment, and, rushing out, he seized the lamp which
+hung in the corridor and flashed it in my face.
+
+“It is you, you villain!” he cried. “You French coxcomb. You shall pay
+me for the wrong which you have done me.”
+
+But the next instant he saw the pallor of my face and the blood which
+was still pouring from my head.
+
+“What is this?” he asked. “How come you to have lost your ear?”
+
+I shook off my weakness, and pressing my handkerchief to my wound I rose
+from my couch, the debonair colonel of Hussars.
+
+“My injury, sir, is nothing. With your permission we will not allude to
+a matter so trifling and so personal.”
+
+But Lucia had burst through from her cell and was pouring out the whole
+story while she clasped Lorenzo's arm.
+
+“This noble gentleman--he has taken my place, Lorenzo! He has borne it
+for me. He has suffered that I might be saved.”
+
+I could sympathise with the struggle which I could see in the Italian's
+face. At last he held out his hand to me.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” he said, “you are worthy of a great love. I forgive
+you, for if you have wronged me you have made a noble atonement. But I
+wonder to see you alive. I left the tribunal before you were judged,
+but I understood that no mercy would be shown to any Frenchman since the
+destruction of the ornaments of Venice.”
+
+“He did not destroy them,” cried Lucia. “He has helped to preserve those
+in our palace.”
+
+“One of them, at any rate,” said I, as I stooped and kissed her hand.
+
+This was the way, my friends, in which I lost my ear. Lorenzo was found
+stabbed to the heart in the Piazza of St. Mark within two days of the
+night of my adventure. Of the tribunal and its ruffians, Matteo and
+three others were shot, the rest banished from the town.
+
+Lucia, my lovely Lucia, retired into a convent at Murano after the
+French had left the city, and there she still may be, some gentle lady
+abbess who has perhaps long forgotten the days when our hearts throbbed
+together, and when the whole great world seemed so small a thing beside
+the love which burned in our veins. Or perhaps it may not be so. Perhaps
+she has not forgotten.
+
+There may still be times when the peace of the cloister is broken by the
+memory of the old soldier who loved her in those distant days. Youth
+is past and passion is gone, but the soul of the gentleman can never
+change, and still Etienne Gerard would bow his grey head before her and
+would very gladly lose his other ear if he might do her a service.
+
+
+
+
+II. How the Brigadier Captured Saragossa
+
+Have I ever told you, my friends, the circumstances connected with my
+joining the Hussars of Conflans at the time of the siege of Saragossa
+and the very remarkable exploit which I performed in connection with the
+taking of that city? No? Then you have indeed something still to learn.
+I will tell it to you exactly as it occurred. Save for two or three men
+and a score or two of women, you are the first who have ever heard the
+story.
+
+You must know, then, that it was in the Second Hussars--called the
+Hussars of Chamberan--that I had served as a lieutenant and as a junior
+captain. At the time I speak of I was only twenty-five years of age, as
+reckless and desperate a man as any in that great army.
+
+It chanced that the war had come to a halt in Germany, while it was
+still raging in Spain, so the Emperor, wishing to reinforce the Spanish
+army, transferred me as senior captain to the Hussars of Conflans, which
+were at that time in the Fifth Army Corps under Marshal Lannes.
+
+It was a long journey from Berlin to the Pyrenees.
+
+My new regiment formed part of the force which, under Marshal Lannes,
+was then besieging the Spanish town of Saragossa. I turned my horse's
+head in that direction, therefore, and behold me a week or so later
+at the French headquarters, whence I was directed to the camp of the
+Hussars of Conflans.
+
+You have read, no doubt, of this famous siege of Saragossa, and I will
+only say that no general could have had a harder task than that with
+which Marshal Lannes was confronted. The immense city was crowded with
+a horde of Spaniards--soldiers, peasants, priests--all filled with the
+most furious hatred of the French, and the most savage determination to
+perish before they would surrender. There were eighty thousand men in
+the town and only thirty thousand to besiege them. Yet we had a powerful
+artillery, and our engineers were of the best. There was never such a
+siege, for it is usual that when the fortifications are taken the city
+falls, but here it was not until the fortifications were taken that
+the real fighting began. Every house was a fort and every street
+a battle-field, so that slowly, day by day, we had to work our way
+inwards, blowing up the houses with their garrisons until more than half
+the city had disappeared. Yet the other half was as determined as ever
+and in a better position for defence, since it consisted of enormous
+convents and monasteries with walls like the Bastille, which could not
+be so easily brushed out of our way. This was the state of things at the
+time that I joined the army.
+
+I will confess to you that cavalry are not of much use in a siege,
+although there was a time when I would not have permitted anyone to have
+made such an observation. The Hussars of Conflans were encamped to the
+south of the town, and it was their duty to throw out patrols and to
+make sure that no Spanish force was advancing from that quarter. The
+colonel of the regiment was not a good soldier, and the regiment was at
+that time very far from being in the high condition which it afterwards
+attained. Even in that one evening I saw several things which shocked
+me, for I had a high standard, and it went to my heart to see an
+ill-arranged camp, an ill-groomed horse, or a slovenly trooper. That
+night I supped with twenty-six of my new brother-officers, and I fear
+that in my zeal I showed them only too plainly that I found things very
+different to what I was accustomed in the army of Germany.
+
+There was silence in the mess after my remarks, and I felt that I had
+been indiscreet when I saw the glances that were cast at me. The colonel
+especially was furious, and a great major named Olivier, who was the
+fire-eater of the regiment, sat opposite to me curling his huge black
+moustaches, and staring at me as if he would eat me. However, I did not
+resent his attitude, for I felt that I had indeed been indiscreet, and
+that it would give a bad impression if upon this my first evening I
+quarrelled with my superior officer.
+
+So far I admit that I was wrong, but now I come to the sequel. Supper
+over, the colonel and some other officers left the room, for it was in
+a farm-house that the mess was held. There remained a dozen or so, and
+a goat-skin of Spanish wine having been brought in we all made merry.
+Presently this Major Olivier asked me some questions concerning the army
+of Germany and as to the part which I had myself played in the campaign.
+Flushed with the wine, I was drawn on from story to story. It was not
+unnatural, my friends.
+
+You will sympathise with me. Up there I had been the model for every
+officer of my years in the army. I was the first swordsman, the most
+dashing rider, the hero of a hundred adventures. Here I found myself not
+only unknown, but even disliked. Was it not natural that I should wish
+to tell these brave comrades what sort of man it was that had come
+among them? Was it not natural that I should wish to say, “Rejoice, my
+friends, rejoice! It is no ordinary man who has joined you to-night, but
+it is I, THE Gerard, the hero of Ratisbon, the victor of Jena, the man
+who broke the square at Austerlitz”? I could not say all this. But I
+could at least tell them some incidents which would enable them to say
+it for themselves. I did so. They listened unmoved. I told them more. At
+last, after my tale of how I had guided the army across the Danube, one
+universal shout of laughter broke from them all. I sprang to my feet,
+flushed with shame and anger. They had drawn me on. They were making
+game of me. They were convinced that they had to do with a braggart and
+a liar. Was this my reception in the Hussars of Conflans?
+
+I dashed the tears of mortification from my eyes, and they laughed the
+more at the sight.
+
+“Do you know, Captain Pelletan, whether Marshal Lannes is still with the
+army?” asked the major.
+
+“I believe that he is, sir,” said the other.
+
+“Really, I should have thought that his presence was hardly necessary
+now that Captain Gerard has arrived.”
+
+Again there was a roar of laughter. I can see the ring of faces, the
+mocking eyes, the open mouths--Olivier with his great black bristles,
+Pelletan thin and sneering, even the young sub-lieutenants convulsed
+with merriment. Heavens, the indignity of it! But my rage had dried my
+tears. I was myself again, cold, quiet, self-contained, ice without and
+fire within.
+
+“May I ask, sir,” said I to the major, “at what hour the regiment is
+paraded?”
+
+“I trust, Captain Gerard, that you do not mean to alter our hours,” said
+he, and again there was a burst of laughter, which died away as I looked
+slowly round the circle.
+
+“What hour is the assembly?” I asked, sharply, of Captain Pelletan.
+
+Some mocking answer was on his tongue, but my glance kept it there. “The
+assembly is at six,” he answered.
+
+“I thank you,” said I. I then counted the company and found that I had
+to do with fourteen officers, two of whom appeared to be boys fresh
+from St. Cyr. I could not condescend to take any notice of their
+indiscretion.
+
+There remained the major, four captains, and seven lieutenants.
+
+“Gentlemen,” I continued, looking from one to the other of them, “I
+should feel myself unworthy of this famous regiment if I did not ask you
+for satisfaction for the rudeness with which you have greeted me, and
+I should hold you to be unworthy of it if on any pretext you refused to
+grant it.”
+
+“You will have no difficulty upon that score,” said the major. “I am
+prepared to waive my rank and to give you every satisfaction in the name
+of the Hussars of Conflans.”
+
+“I thank you,” I answered. “I feel, however, that I have some claim upon
+these other gentlemen who laughed at my expense.”
+
+“Whom would you fight, then?” asked Captain Pelletan.
+
+“All of you,” I answered.
+
+They looked in surprise from one to the other. Then they drew off to the
+other end of the room, and I heard the buzz of their whispers. They were
+laughing. Evidently they still thought that they had to do with some
+empty braggart. Then they returned.
+
+“Your request is unusual,” said Major Olivier, “but it will be granted.
+How do you propose to conduct such a duel? The terms lie with you.”
+
+“Sabres,” said I. “And I will take you in order of seniority, beginning
+with you, Major Olivier, at five o'clock. I will thus be able to devote
+five minutes to each before the assembly is blown. I must, however, beg
+you to have the courtesy to name the place of meeting, since I am still
+ignorant of the locality.”
+
+They were impressed by my cold and practical manner.
+
+Already the smile had died away from their lips.
+
+Olivier's face was no longer mocking, but it was dark and stern.
+
+“There is a small open space behind the horse lines,” said he. “We have
+held a few affairs of honour there and it has done very well. We shall
+be there, Captain Gerard, at the hour you name.”
+
+I was in the act of bowing to thank them for their acceptance when the
+door of the mess-room was flung open and the colonel hurried into the
+room, with an agitated face.
+
+“Gentlemen,” said he, “I have been asked to call for a volunteer from
+among you for a service which involves the greatest possible danger.
+I will not disguise from you that the matter is serious in the last
+degree, and that Marshal Lannes has chosen a cavalry officer because
+he can be better spared than an officer of infantry or of engineers.
+Married men are not eligible. Of the others, who will volunteer?”
+
+I need not say that all the unmarried officers stepped to the front. The
+colonel looked round in some embarrassment.
+
+I could see his dilemma. It was the best man who should go, and yet it
+was the best man whom he could least spare.
+
+“Sir,” said I, “may I be permitted to make a suggestion?”
+
+He looked at me with a hard eye. He had not forgotten my observations at
+supper. “Speak!” said he.
+
+“I would point out, sir,” said I, “that this mission is mine both by
+right and by convenience.”
+
+“Why so, Captain Gerard?”
+
+“By right because I am the senior captain. By convenience because I
+shall not be missed in the regiments since the men have not yet learned
+to know me.”
+
+The colonel's features relaxed.
+
+“There is certainly truth in what you say, Captain Gerard,” said he. “I
+think that you are indeed best fitted to go upon this mission. If you
+will come with me I will give you your instructions.”
+
+I wished my new comrades good-night as I left the room, and I repeated
+that I should hold myself at their disposal at five o'clock next
+morning. They bowed in silence, and I thought that I could see from the
+expression of their faces that they had already begun to take a more
+just view of my character.
+
+I had expected that the colonel would at once inform me what it was that
+I had been chosen to do, but instead of that he walked on in silence, I
+following behind him.
+
+We passed through the camp and made our way across the trenches and
+over the ruined heaps of stones which marked the old wall of the town.
+Within, there was a labyrinth of passages formed among the debris of the
+houses which had been destroyed by the mines of the engineers. Acres and
+acres were covered with splintered walls and piles of brick which
+had once been a populous suburb. Lanes had been driven through it and
+lanterns placed at the corners with inscriptions to direct the wayfarer.
+The colonel hurried onward until at last, after a long walk, we found
+our way barred by a high grey wall which stretched right across our
+path.
+
+Here behind a barricade lay our advance guard. The colonel led me into a
+roofless house, and there I found two general officers, a map stretched
+over a drum in front of them, they kneeling beside it and examining it
+carefully by the light of a lantern. The one with the clean-shaven face
+and the twisted neck was Marshal Lannes, the other was General Razout,
+the head of the engineers.
+
+“Captain Gerard has volunteered to go,” said the colonel.
+
+Marshal Lannes rose from his knees and shook me by the hand.
+
+“You are a brave man, sir,” said he. “I have a present to make to you,”
+ he added, handing me a very tiny glass tube. “It has been specially
+prepared by Dr. Fardet. At the supreme moment you have but to put it to
+your lips and you will be dead in an instant.”
+
+This was a cheerful beginning. I will confess to you, my friends, that a
+cold chill passed up my back and my hair rose upon my head.
+
+“Excuse me, sir,” said I, as I saluted, “I am aware that I have
+volunteered for a service of great danger, but the exact details have
+not yet been given to me.”
+
+“Colonel Perrin,” said Lannes, severely, “it is unfair to allow this
+brave officer to volunteer before he has learned what the perils are to
+which he will be exposed.”
+
+But already I was myself once more.
+
+“Sir,” said I, “permit me to remark that the greater the danger the
+greater the glory, and that I could only repent of volunteering if I
+found that there were no risks to be run.”
+
+It was a noble speech, and my appearance gave force to my words. For the
+moment I was a heroic figure.
+
+As I saw Lannes's eyes fixed in admiration upon my face it thrilled me
+to think how splendid was the debut which I was making in the army
+of Spain. If I died that night my name would not be forgotten. My new
+comrades and my old, divided in all else, would still have a point of
+union in their love and admiration of Etienne Gerard.
+
+“General Razout, explain the situation!” said Lannes, briefly.
+
+The engineer officer rose, his compasses in his hand.
+
+He led me to the door and pointed to the high grey wall which towered up
+amongst the debris of the shattered houses.
+
+“That is the enemy's present line of defence,” said he. “It is the wall
+of the great Convent of the Madonna. If we can carry it the city must
+fall, but they have run countermines all round it, and the walls are so
+enormously thick that it would be an immense labour to breach it
+with artillery. We happen to know, however, that the enemy have a
+considerable store of powder in one of the lower chambers. If that could
+be exploded the way would be clear for us.”
+
+“How can it be reached?” I asked.
+
+“I will explain. We have a French agent within the town named Hubert.
+This brave man has been in constant communication with us, and he
+had promised to explode the magazine. It was to be done in the early
+morning, and for two days running we have had a storming party of a
+thousand Grenadiers waiting for the breach to be formed. But there has
+been no explosion, and for these two days we have had no communication
+from Hubert. The question is, what has become of him?”
+
+“You wish me to go and see?”
+
+“Precisely. Is he ill, or wounded, or dead? Shall we still wait for him,
+or shall we attempt the attack elsewhere? We cannot determine this until
+we have heard from him. This is a map of the town, Captain Gerard. You
+perceive that within this ring of convents and monasteries are a number
+of streets which branch off from a central square. If you come so far as
+this square you will find the cathedral at one corner. In that corner is
+the street of Toledo. Hubert lives in a small house between a cobbler's
+and a wine-shop, on the right-hand side as you go from the cathedral. Do
+you follow me?”
+
+“Clearly.”
+
+“You are to reach that house, to see him, and to find out if his plan is
+still feasible or if we must abandon it.”
+
+He produced what appeared to be a roll of dirty brown flannel. “This is
+the dress of a Franciscan friar,” said he. “You will find it the most
+useful disguise.”
+
+I shrank away from it.
+
+“It turns me into a spy,” I cried. “Surely I can go in my uniform?”
+
+“Impossible! How could you hope to pass through the streets of the city?
+Remember, also, that the Spaniards take no prisoners, and that your fate
+will be the same in whatever dress you are taken.”
+
+It was true, and I had been long enough in Spain to know that that fate
+was likely to be something more serious than mere death. All the way
+from the frontier I had heard grim tales of torture and mutilation. I
+enveloped myself in the Franciscan gown.
+
+“Now I am ready.”
+
+“Are you armed?”
+
+“My sabre.”
+
+“They will hear it clank. Take this knife, and leave your sword. Tell
+Hubert that at four o'clock, before dawn, the storming party will again
+be ready. There is a sergeant outside who will show you how to get into
+the city. Good-night, and good luck!”
+
+Before I had left the room, the two generals had their cocked hats
+touching each other over the map. At the door an under-officer of
+engineers was waiting for me.
+
+I tied the girdle of my gown, and taking off my busby, I drew the cowl
+over my head. My spurs I removed. Then in silence I followed my guide.
+
+It was necessary to move with caution, for the walls above were lined by
+the Spanish sentries, who fired down continually at our advance posts.
+Slinking along under the very shadow of the great convent, we picked
+our way slowly and carefully among the piles of ruins until we came to a
+large chestnut tree. Here the sergeant stopped.
+
+“It is an easy tree to climb,” said he. “A scaling ladder would not be
+simpler. Go up it, and you will find that the top branch will enable
+you to step upon the roof of that house. After that it is your guardian
+angel who must be your guide, for I can help you no more.”
+
+Girding up the heavy brown gown, I ascended the tree as directed. A half
+moon was shining brightly, and the line of roof stood out dark and hard
+against the purple, starry sky. The tree was in the shadow of the house.
+
+Slowly I crept from branch to branch until I was near the top. I had but
+to climb along a stout limb in order to reach the wall. But suddenly
+my ears caught the patter of feet, and I cowered against the trunk and
+tried to blend myself with its shadow. A man was coming toward me on the
+roof. I saw his dark figure creeping along, his body crouching, his head
+advanced, the barrel of his gun protruding. His whole bearing was full
+of caution and suspicion. Once or twice he paused, and then came on
+again until he had reached the edge of the parapet within a few yards of
+me. Then he knelt down, levelled his musket, and fired.
+
+I was so astonished at this sudden crash at my very elbow that I nearly
+fell out of the tree. For an instant I could not be sure that he had
+not hit me. But when I heard a deep groan from below, and the Spaniard
+leaned over the parapet and laughed aloud, I understood what had
+occurred. It was my poor, faithful sergeant, who had waited to see the
+last of me. The Spaniard had seen him standing under the tree and had
+shot him. You will think that it was good shooting in the dark, but
+these people used trabucos, or blunderbusses, which were filled up with
+all sorts of stones and scraps of metal, so that they would hit you
+as certainly as I have hit a pheasant on a branch. The Spaniard stood
+peering down through the darkness, while an occasional groan from below
+showed that the sergeant was still living. The sentry looked round and
+everything was still and safe.
+
+Perhaps he thought that he would like to finish of this accursed
+Frenchman, or perhaps he had a desire to see what was in his pockets;
+but whatever his motive, he laid down his gun, leaned forward, and swung
+himself into the tree. The same instant I buried my knife in his body,
+and he fell with a loud crashing through the branches and came with a
+thud to the ground. I heard a short struggle below and an oath or two in
+French.
+
+The wounded sergeant had not waited long for his vengeance.
+
+For some minutes I did not dare to move, for it seemed certain that
+someone would be attracted by the noise.
+
+However, all was silent save for the chimes striking midnight in the
+city. I crept along the branch and lifted myself on to the roof. The
+Spaniard's gun was lying there, but it was of no service to me, since he
+had the powder-horn at his belt. At the same time, if it were found, it
+would warn the enemy that something had happened, so I thought it best
+to drop it over the wall.
+
+Then I looked round for the means of getting off the roof and down into
+the city.
+
+It was very evident that the simplest way by which I could get down was
+that by which the sentinel had got up, and what this was soon became
+evident. A voice along the roof called “Manuelo! Manuelo!” several
+times, and, crouching in the shadow, I saw in the moonlight a bearded
+head, which protruded from a trap-door.
+
+Receiving no answer to his summons, the man climbed through, followed
+by three other fellows, all armed to the teeth. You will see here how
+important it is not to neglect small precautions, for had I left the
+man's gun where I found it, a search must have followed and I should
+certainly have been discovered. As it was, the patrol saw no sign of
+their sentry, and thought, no doubt, that he had moved along the line of
+the roofs.
+
+They hurried on, therefore, in that direction, and I, the instant that
+their backs were turned, rushed to the open trap-door and descended the
+flight of steps which led from it. The house appeared to be an empty
+one, for I passed through the heart of it and out, by an open door, into
+the street beyond.
+
+It was a narrow and deserted lane, but it opened into a broader road,
+which was dotted with fires, round which a great number of soldiers and
+peasants were sleeping.
+
+The smell within the city was so horrible that one wondered how people
+could live in it, for during the months that the siege had lasted there
+had been no attempt to cleanse the streets or to bury the dead. Many
+people were moving up and down from fire to fire, and among them I
+observed several monks. Seeing that they came and went unquestioned, I
+took heart and hurried on my way in the direction of the great square.
+Once a man rose from beside one of the fires and stopped me by seizing
+my sleeve. He pointed to a woman who lay motionless on the road, and
+I took him to mean that she was dying, and that he desired me to
+administer the last offices of the Church. I sought refuge, however, in
+the very little Latin that was left to me. “Ora pro nobis,” said I, from
+the depths of my cowl. “Te Deum laudamus. Ora pro nobis.” I raised my
+hand as I spoke and pointed forward. The fellow released my sleeve and
+shrank back in silence, while I, with a solemn gesture, hurried upon my
+way.
+
+As I had imagined, this broad boulevard led out into the central square,
+which was full of troops and blazing with fires. I walked swiftly
+onward, disregarding one or two people who addressed remarks to me. I
+passed the cathedral and followed the street which had been described to
+me. Being upon the side of the city which was farthest from our attack,
+there were no troops encamped in it, and it lay in darkness, save for an
+occasional glimmer in a window. It was not difficult to find the house
+to which I had been directed, between the wine-shop and the cobbler's.
+There was no light within and the door was shut. Cautiously I pressed
+the latch, and I felt that it had yielded. Who was within I could not
+tell, and yet I must take the risk. I pushed the door open and entered.
+
+It was pitch-dark within--the more so as I had closed the door behind
+me. I felt round and came upon the edge of a table. Then I stood still
+and wondered what I should do next, and how I could gain some news of
+this Hubert, in whose house I found myself. Any mistake would cost me
+not only my life but the failure of my mission. Perhaps he did not live
+alone. Perhaps he was only a lodger in a Spanish family, and my visit
+might bring ruin to him as well as to myself. Seldom in my life have I
+been more perplexed. And then, suddenly, something turned my blood cold
+in my veins. It was a voice, a whispering voice, in my very ear. “Mon
+Dieu!” cried the voice, in a tone of agony. “Oh, mon Dieu! mon Dieu!”
+ Then there was a dry sob in the darkness, and all was still once more.
+
+It thrilled me with horror, that terrible voice, but it thrilled me also
+with hope, for it was the voice of a Frenchman.
+
+“Who is there?” I asked.
+
+There was a groaning, but no reply.
+
+“Is that you, Monsieur Hubert?”
+
+“Yes, yes,” sighed the voice, so low that I could hardly hear it.
+“Water, water, for Heaven's sake, water!”
+
+I advanced in the direction of the sound, but only to come in contact
+with the wall. Again I heard a groan, but this time there could be no
+doubt that it was above my head. I put up my hands, but they felt only
+empty air.
+
+“Where are you?” I cried.
+
+“Here! Here!” whispered the strange, tremulous voice.
+
+I stretched my hand along the wall and I came upon a man's naked foot.
+It was as high as my face, and yet, so far as I could feel, it had
+nothing to support it. I staggered back in amazement. Then I took a
+tinder-box from my pocket and struck a light. At the first flash a man
+seemed to be floating in the air in front of me, and I dropped the box
+in my amazement. Again with tremulous fingers I struck the flint against
+the steel, and this time I lit not only the tinder but the wax taper. I
+held it up, and if my amazement was lessened my horror was increased by
+that which it revealed.
+
+The man had been nailed to the wall as a weasel is nailed to the door of
+a barn. Huge spikes had been driven through his hands and his feet. The
+poor wretch was in his last agony, his head sunk upon his shoulder and
+his blackened tongue protruding from his lips. He was dying as much
+from thirst as from his wounds, and these inhuman wretches had placed a
+beaker of wine upon the table in front of him to add a fresh pang to his
+tortures.
+
+I raised it to his lips. He had still strength enough to swallow, and
+the light came back a little to his dim eyes.
+
+“Are you a Frenchman?” he whispered.
+
+“Yes. They have sent me to learn what had befallen you.”
+
+“They discovered me. They have killed me for it. But before I die let me
+tell you what I know. A little more of that wine, please! Quick! Quick!
+I am very near the end. My strength is going. Listen to me! The powder
+is stored in the Mother Superior's room. The wall is pierced, and the
+end of the train is in Sister Angela's cell, next the chapel. All was
+ready two days ago. But they discovered a letter and they tortured me.”
+
+“Good heavens! have you been hanging here for two days?”
+
+“It seems like two years. Comrade, I have served France, have I not?
+Then do one little service for me. Stab me to the heart, dear friend! I
+implore you, I entreat you, to put an end to my sufferings.”
+
+The man was indeed in a hopeless plight, and the kindest action would
+have been that for which he begged.
+
+And yet I could not in cold blood drive my knife into his body, although
+I knew how I should have prayed for such a mercy had I been in his
+place. But a sudden thought crossed my mind. In my pocket I held
+that which would give an instant and a painless death. It was my own
+safeguard against torture, and yet this poor soul was in very pressing
+need of it, and he had deserved well of France. I took out my phial and
+emptied it into the cup of wine. I was in the act of handing it to him
+when I heard a sudden clash of arms outside the door.
+
+In an instant I put out my light and slipped behind the window-curtains.
+Next moment the door was flung open and two Spaniards strode into the
+room, fierce, swarthy men in the dress of citizens, but with muskets
+slung over their shoulders. I looked through the chink in the curtains
+in an agony of fear lest they had come upon my traces, but it was
+evident that their visit was simply in order to feast their eyes upon my
+unfortunate compatriot.
+
+One of them held the lantern which he carried up in front of the dying
+man, and both of them burst into a shout of mocking laughter. Then the
+eyes of the man with the lantern fell upon the flagon of wine upon the
+table. He picked it up, held it, with a devilish grin, to the lips of
+Hubert, and then, as the poor wretch involuntarily inclined his head
+forward to reach it, he snatched it back and took a long gulp himself.
+At the same instant he uttered a loud cry, clutched wildly at his own
+throat, and fell stone-dead upon the floor. His comrade stared at him in
+horror and amazement. Then, overcome by his own superstitious fears, he
+gave a yell of terror and rushed madly from the room. I heard his feet
+clattering wildly on the cobble-stones until the sound died away in the
+distance.
+
+The lantern had been left burning upon the table, and by its light I
+saw, as I came out from behind my curtain, that the unfortunate Hubert's
+head had fallen forward upon his chest and that he also was dead. That
+motion to reach the wine with his lips had been his last. A clock ticked
+loudly in the house, but otherwise all was absolutely still. On the wall
+hung the twisted form of the Frenchman, on the floor lay the motionless
+body of the Spaniard, all dimly lit by the horn lantern. For the first
+time in my life a frantic spasm of terror came over me. I had seen ten
+thousand men in every conceivable degree of mutilation stretched upon
+the ground, but the sight had never affected me like those two silent
+figures who were my companions in that shadowy room. I rushed into the
+street as the Spaniard had done, eager only to leave that house of gloom
+behind me, and I had run as far as the cathedral before my wits came
+back to me.
+
+There I stopped, panting, in the shadow, and, my hand pressed to my
+side, I tried to collect my scattered senses and to plan out what I
+should do. As I stood there, breathless, the great brass bells roared
+twice above my head. It was two o'clock. Four was the hour when the
+storming-party would be in its place. I had still two hours in which to
+act.
+
+The cathedral was brilliantly lit within, and a number of people were
+passing in and out; so I entered, thinking that I was less likely to
+be accosted there, and that I might have quiet to form my plans. It
+was certainly a singular sight, for the place had been turned into
+an hospital, a refuge, and a store-house. One aisle was crammed with
+provisions, another was littered with sick and wounded, while in the
+centre a great number of helpless people had taken up their abode, and
+had even lit their cooking fires upon the mosaic floors. There were many
+at prayer, so I knelt in the shadow of a pillar, and I prayed with
+all my heart that I might have the good luck to get out of this scrape
+alive, and that I might do such a deed that night as would make my name
+as famous in Spain as it had already become in Germany. I waited until
+the clock struck three, and then I left the cathedral and made my
+way toward the Convent of the Madonna, where the assault was to be
+delivered. You will understand, you who know me so well, that I was not
+the man to return tamely to the French camp with the report that our
+agent was dead and that other means must be found of entering the city.
+Either I should find some means to finish his uncompleted task or there
+would be a vacancy for a senior captain in the Hussars of Conflans.
+
+I passed unquestioned down the broad boulevard, which I have already
+described, until I came to the great stone convent which formed the
+outwork of the defence.
+
+It was built in a square with a garden in the centre. In this garden
+some hundreds of men were assembled, all armed and ready, for it was
+known, of course, within the town that this was the point against which
+the French attack was likely to be made. Up to this time our fighting
+all over Europe had always been done between one army and another. It
+was only here in Spain that we learned how terrible a thing it is to
+fight against a people.
+
+On the one hand there is no glory, for what glory could be gained
+by defeating this rabble of elderly shopkeepers, ignorant peasants,
+fanatical priests, excited women, and all the other creatures who made
+up the garrison? On the other hand there were extreme discomfort and
+danger, for these people would give you no rest, would observe no rules
+of war, and were desperately earnest in their desire by hook or by crook
+to do you an injury. I began to realise how odious was our task as I
+looked upon the motley but ferocious groups who were gathered round the
+watch-fires in the garden of the Convent of the Madonna. It was not for
+us soldiers to think about politics, but from the beginning there always
+seemed to be a curse upon this war in Spain.
+
+However, at the moment I had no time to brood over such matters as
+these. There was, as I have said, no difficulty in getting as far as the
+convent garden, but to pass inside the convent unquestioned was not so
+easy.
+
+The first thing which I did was to walk round the garden, and I was soon
+able to pick out one large stained-glass window which must belong to the
+chapel. I had understood from Hubert that the Mother Superior's room,
+in which the powder was stored, was near to this, and that the train
+had been laid through a hole in the wall from some neighbouring cell. I
+must, at all costs, get into the convent. There was a guard at the door,
+and how could I get in without explanations? But a sudden inspiration
+showed me how the thing might be done. In the garden was a well, and
+beside the well were a number of empty buckets. I filled two of these,
+and approached the door. The errand of a man who carries a bucket of
+water in each hand does not need to be explained. The guard opened to
+let me through. I found myself in a long, stone-flagged corridor, lit
+with lanterns, with the cells of the nuns leading out from one side of
+it. Now at last I was on the high road to success. I walked on without
+hesitation, for I knew by my observations in the garden which way to go
+for the chapel.
+
+A number of Spanish soldiers were lounging and smoking in the corridor,
+several of whom addressed me as I passed. I fancy it was for my blessing
+that they asked, and my “Ora pro nobis” seemed to entirely satisfy them.
+Soon I had got as far as the chapel, and it was easy enough to see that
+the cell next door was used as a magazine, for the floor was all black
+with powder in front of it. The door was shut, and two fierce-looking
+fellows stood on guard outside it, one of them with a key stuck in his
+belt. Had we been alone, it would not have been long before it would
+have been in my hand, but with his comrade there it was impossible for
+me to hope to take it by force. The cell next door to the magazine on
+the far side from the chapel must be the one which belonged to Sister
+Angela. It was half open. I took my courage in both hands and, leaving
+my buckets in the corridor, I walked unchallenged into the room.
+
+I was prepared to find half a dozen fierce Spanish desperadoes within,
+but what actually met my eyes was even more embarrassing. The room had
+apparently been set aside for the use of some of the nuns, who for some
+reason had refused to quit their home. Three of them were within, one
+an elderly, stern-faced dame, who was evidently the Mother Superior, the
+others, young ladies of charming appearance. They were seated together
+at the far side of the room, but they all rose at my entrance, and I saw
+with some amazement, by their manner and expressions, that my coming was
+both welcome and expected. In a moment my presence of mind had returned,
+and I saw exactly how the matter lay.
+
+Naturally, since an attack was about to be made upon the convent, these
+sisters had been expecting to be directed to some place of safety.
+Probably they were under vow not to quit the walls, and they had been
+told to remain in this cell until they received further orders.
+
+In any case I adapted my conduct to this supposition, since it was clear
+that I must get them out of the room, and this would give me a ready
+excuse to do so. I first cast a glance at the door and observed that
+the key was within. I then made a gesture to the nuns to follow me. The
+Mother Superior asked me some question, but I shook my head impatiently
+and beckoned to her again.
+
+She hesitated, but I stamped my foot and called them forth in so
+imperious a manner that they came at once.
+
+They would be safer in the chapel, and thither I led them, placing them
+at the end which was farthest from the magazine. As the three nuns took
+their places before the altar my heart bounded with joy and pride within
+me, for I felt that the last obstacle had been lifted from my path.
+
+And yet how often have I not found that that is the very moment of
+danger? I took a last glance at the Mother Superior, and to my dismay I
+saw that her piercing dark eyes were fixed, with an expression in which
+surprise was deepening into suspicion, upon my right hand. There were
+two points which might well have attracted her attention. One was that
+it was red with the blood of the sentinel whom I had stabbed in the
+tree. That alone might count for little, as the knife was as familiar as
+the breviary to the monks of Saragossa.
+
+But on my forefinger I wore a heavy gold ring--the gift of a certain
+German baroness whose name I may not mention. It shone brightly in
+the light of the altar lamp. Now, a ring upon a friar's hand is an
+impossibility, since they are vowed to absolute poverty.
+
+I turned quickly and made for the door of the chapel, but the mischief
+was done. As I glanced back I saw that the Mother Superior was already
+hurrying after me. I ran through the chapel door and along the corridor,
+but she called out some shrill warning to the two guards in front.
+Fortunately I had the presence of mind to call out also, and to point
+down the passage as if we were both pursuing the same object. Next
+instant I had dashed past them, sprang into the cell, slammed the heavy
+door, and fastened it upon the inside.
+
+With a bolt above and below and a huge lock in the centre it was a piece
+of timber that would take some forcing.
+
+Even now if they had had the wit to put a barrel of powder against the
+door I should have been ruined. It was their only chance, for I had come
+to the final stage of my adventure. Here at last, after such a string of
+dangers as few men have ever lived to talk of, I was at one end of
+the powder train, with the Saragossa magazine at the other. They were
+howling like wolves out in the passage, and muskets were crashing
+against the door. I paid no heed to their clamour, but I looked eagerly
+around for that train of which Hubert had spoken. Of course, it must be
+at the side of the room next to the magazine. I crawled along it on my
+hands and knees, looking into every crevice, but no sign could I see.
+Two bullets flew through the door and flattened themselves against the
+wall. The thudding and smashing grew ever louder. I saw a grey pile in
+a corner, flew to it with a cry of joy, and found that it was only dust.
+Then I got back to the side of the door where no bullets could ever
+reach me--they were streaming freely into the room--and I tried to
+forget this fiendish howling in my ear and to think out where this train
+could be. It must have been carefully laid by Hubert lest these nuns
+should see it. I tried to imagine how I should myself have arranged it
+had I been in his place.
+
+My eye was attracted by a statue of St. Joseph which stood in the
+corner. There was a wreath of leaves along the edge of the pedestal,
+with a lamp burning amidst them. I rushed across to it and tore the
+leaves aside.
+
+Yes, yes, there was a thin black line, which disappeared through a small
+hole in the wall. I tilted over the lamp and threw myself on the ground.
+Next instant came a roar like thunder, the walls wavered and tottered
+around me, the ceiling clattered down from above, and over the yell of
+the terrified Spaniards was heard the terrific shout of the storming
+column of Grenadiers. As in a dream--a happy dream--I heard it, and then
+I heard no more.
+
+When I came to my senses two French soldiers were propping me up, and my
+head was singing like a kettle.
+
+I staggered to my feet and looked around me. The plaster had fallen,
+the furniture was scattered, and there were rents in the bricks, but no
+signs of a breach. In fact, the walls of the convent had been so solid
+that the explosion of the magazine had been insufficient to throw them
+down. On the other hand, it had caused such a panic among the defenders
+that our stormers had been able to carry the windows and throw open the
+doors almost without assistance. As I ran out into the corridor I found
+it full of troops, and I met Marshal Lannes himself, who was entering
+with his staff. He stopped and listened eagerly to my story.
+
+“Splendid, Captain Gerard, splendid!” he cried.
+
+“These facts will certainly be reported to the Emperor.”
+
+“I would suggest to your Excellency,” said I, “that I have only finished
+the work that was planned and carried out by Monsieur Hubert, who gave
+his life for the cause.”
+
+“His services will not be forgotten,” said the Marshal.
+
+“Meanwhile, Captain Gerard, it is half-past four, and you must be
+starving after such a night of exertion. My staff and I will breakfast
+inside the city. I assure you that you will be an honoured guest.”
+
+“I will follow your Excellency,” said I. “There is a small engagement
+which detains me.”
+
+He opened his eyes.
+
+“At this hour?”
+
+“Yes, sir,” I answered. “My fellow-officers, whom I never saw until last
+night, will not be content unless they catch another glimpse of me the
+first thing this morning.”
+
+“Au revoir, then,” said Marshal Lannes, as he passed upon his way.
+
+I hurried through the shattered door of the convent.
+
+When I reached the roofless house in which we had held the consultation
+the night before, I threw off my gown and I put on the busby and sabre
+which I had left there.
+
+Then, a Hussar once more, I hurried onward to the grove which was
+our rendezvous. My brain was still reeling from the concussion of the
+powder, and I was exhausted by the many emotions which had shaken me
+during that terrible night. It is like a dream, all that walk in the
+first dim grey light of dawn, with the smouldering camp-fires around
+me and the buzz of the waking army. Bugles and drums in every direction
+were mustering the infantry, for the explosion and the shouting had told
+their own tale. I strode onward until, as I entered the little clump of
+cork oaks behind the horse lines, I saw my twelve comrades waiting in
+a group, their sabres at their sides. They looked at me curiously as I
+approached. Perhaps with my powder-blackened face and my blood-stained
+hands I seemed a different Gerard to the young captain whom they had
+made game of the night before.
+
+“Good morning, gentlemen,” said I. “I regret exceedingly if I have kept
+you waiting, but I have not been master of my own time.”
+
+They said nothing, but they still scanned me with curious eyes. I can
+see them now, standing in a line before me, tall men and short men,
+stout men and thin men: Olivier, with his warlike moustache; the thin,
+eager face of Pelletan; young Oudin, flushed by his first duel; Mortier,
+with the sword-cut across his wrinkled brow.
+
+I laid aside my busby and drew my sword.
+
+“I have one favour to ask you, gentlemen,” said I.
+
+“Marshal Lannes has invited me to breakfast and I cannot keep him
+waiting.”
+
+“What do you suggest?” asked Major Olivier.
+
+“That you release me from my promise to give you five minutes each, and
+that you will permit me to attack you all together.” I stood upon my
+guard as I spoke.
+
+But their answer was truly beautiful and truly French. With one impulse
+the twelve swords flew from their scabbards and were raised in salute.
+There they stood, the twelve of them, motionless, their heels together,
+each with his sword upright before his face.
+
+I staggered back from them. I looked from one to the other. For an
+instant I could not believe my own eyes. They were paying me homage,
+these, the men who had jeered me! Then I understood it all. I saw the
+effect that I had made upon them and their desire to make reparation.
+When a man is weak he can steel himself against danger, but not against
+emotion.
+
+“Comrades,” I cried, “comrades--!” but I could say no more.
+
+Something seemed to take me by the throat and choke me. And then in
+an instant Olivier's arms were round me, Pelletan had seized me by the
+right hand, Mortier by the left, some were patting me on the shoulder,
+some were clapping me on the back, on every side smiling faces were
+looking into mine; and so it was that I knew that I had won my footing
+in the Hussars of Conflans.
+
+
+
+
+III. How the Brigadier Slew the Fox [*]
+
+
+ [*] This story, already published in The Green Flag, is
+ included here so that all of the Brigadier Gerard stories
+ may appear together.
+
+
+In all the great hosts of France there was only one officer toward
+whom the English of Wellington's Army retained a deep, steady, and
+unchangeable hatred.
+
+There were plunderers among the French, and men of violence, gamblers,
+duellists, and roues. All these could be forgiven, for others of their
+kidney were to be found among the ranks of the English. But one officer
+of Massena's force had committed a crime which was unspeakable, unheard
+of, abominable; only to be alluded to with curses late in the evening,
+when a second bottle had loosened the tongues of men. The news of it was
+carried back to England, and country gentlemen who knew little of the
+details of the war grew crimson with passion when they heard of it, and
+yeomen of the shires raised freckled fists to Heaven and swore. And
+yet who should be the doer of this dreadful deed but our friend the
+Brigadier, Etienne Gerard, of the Hussars of Conflans, gay-riding,
+plume-tossing, debonair, the darling of the ladies and of the six
+brigades of light cavalry.
+
+But the strange part of it is that this gallant gentleman did this
+hateful thing, and made himself the most unpopular man in the Peninsula,
+without ever knowing that he had done a crime for which there is hardly
+a name amid all the resources of our language. He died of old age,
+and never once in that imperturbable self-confidence which adorned or
+disfigured his character knew that so many thousand Englishmen would
+gladly have hanged him with their own hands. On the contrary, he
+numbered this adventure among those other exploits which he has given to
+the world, and many a time he chuckled and hugged himself as he narrated
+it to the eager circle who gathered round him in that humble cafe where,
+between his dinner and his dominoes, he would tell, amid tears and
+laughter, of that inconceivable Napoleonic past when France, like
+an angel of wrath, rose up, splendid and terrible, before a cowering
+continent. Let us listen to him as he tells the story in his own way and
+from his own point of view.
+
+You must know, my friends, said he, that it was toward the end of the
+year eighteen hundred and ten that I and Massena and the others pushed
+Wellington backward until we had hoped to drive him and his army into
+the Tagus. But when we were still twenty-five miles from Lisbon we found
+that we were betrayed, for what had this Englishman done but build an
+enormous line of works and forts at a place called Torres Vedras, so
+that even we were unable to get through them! They lay across the whole
+Peninsula, and our army was so far from home that we did not dare to
+risk a reverse, and we had already learned at Busaco that it was no
+child's play to fight against these people. What could we do, then, but
+sit down in front of these lines and blockade them to the best of
+our power? There we remained for six months, amid such anxieties that
+Massena said afterward that he had not one hair which was not white upon
+his body.
+
+For my own part, I did not worry much about our situation, but I looked
+after our horses, who were in much need of rest and green fodder. For
+the rest, we drank the wine of the country and passed the time as best
+we might. There was a lady at Santarem--but my lips are sealed. It is
+the part of a gallant man to say nothing, though he may indicate that he
+could say a great deal.
+
+One day Massena sent for me, and I found him in his tent with a great
+plan pinned upon the table. He looked at me in silence with that single
+piercing eye of his, and I felt by his expression that the matter
+was serious. He was nervous and ill at ease, but my bearing seemed to
+reassure him. It is good to be in contact with brave men.
+
+“Colonel Etienne Gerard,” said he, “I have always heard that you are a
+very gallant and enterprising officer.”
+
+It was not for me to confirm such a report, and yet it would be folly to
+deny it, so I clinked my spurs together and saluted.
+
+“You are also an excellent rider.”
+
+I admitted it.
+
+“And the best swordsman in the six brigades of light cavalry.”
+
+Massena was famous for the accuracy of his information.
+
+“Now,” said he, “if you will look at this plan you will have no
+difficulty in understanding what it is that I wish you to do. These are
+the lines of Torres Vedras. You will perceive that they cover a vast
+space, and you will realise that the English can only hold a position
+here and there. Once through the lines you have twenty-five miles of
+open country which lie between them and Lisbon. It is very important
+to me to learn how Wellington's troops are distributed throughout that
+space, and it is my wish that you should go and ascertain.”
+
+His words turned me cold.
+
+“Sir,” said I, “it is impossible that a colonel of light cavalry should
+condescend to act as a spy.”
+
+He laughed and clapped me on the shoulder.
+
+“You would not be a Hussar if you were not a hot-head,” said he. “If you
+will listen you will understand that I have not asked you to act as a
+spy. What do you think of that horse?”
+
+He had conducted me to the opening of his tent, and there was a chasseur
+who led up and down a most admirable creature. He was a dapple grey, not
+very tall, a little over fifteen hands perhaps, but with the short
+head and splendid arch of the neck which comes with the Arab blood. His
+shoulders and haunches were so muscular, and yet his legs so fine,
+that it thrilled me with joy just to gaze upon him. A fine horse or a
+beautiful woman--I cannot look at them unmoved, even now when seventy
+winters have chilled my blood. You can think how it was in the year '10.
+
+“This,” said Massena, “is Voltigeur, the swiftest horse in our army.
+What I desire is that you should start tonight, ride round the lines
+upon the flank, make your way across the enemy's rear, and return upon
+the other flank, bringing me news of his disposition. You will wear a
+uniform, and will, therefore, if captured, be safe from the death of a
+spy. It is probable that you will get through the lines unchallenged,
+for the posts are very scattered. Once through, in daylight you can
+outride anything which you meet, and if you keep off the roads you
+may escape entirely unnoticed. If you have not reported yourself by
+to-morrow night, I will understand that you are taken, and I will offer
+them Colonel Petrie in exchange.”
+
+Ah, how my heart swelled with pride and joy as I sprang into the saddle
+and galloped this grand horse up and down to show the Marshal
+the mastery which I had of him! He was magnificent--we were both
+magnificent, for Massena clapped his hands and cried out in his delight.
+
+It was not I, but he, who said that a gallant beast deserves a gallant
+rider. Then, when for the third time, with my panache flying and my
+dolman streaming behind me, I thundered past him, I saw upon his hard
+old face that he had no longer any doubt that he had chosen the man for
+his purpose. I drew my sabre, raised the hilt to my lips in salute, and
+galloped on to my own quarters.
+
+Already the news had spread that I had been chosen for a mission, and
+my little rascals came swarming out of their tents to cheer me. Ah!
+it brings the tears to my old eyes when I think how proud they were of
+their Colonel.
+
+And I was proud of them also. They deserved a dashing leader.
+
+The night promised to be a stormy one, which was very much to my liking.
+It was my desire to keep my departure most secret, for it was evident
+that if the English heard that I had been detached from the army they
+would naturally conclude that something important was about to happen.
+My horse was taken, therefore, beyond the picket line, as if for
+watering, and I followed and mounted him there. I had a map, a compass,
+and a paper of instructions from the Marshal, and with these in the
+bosom of my tunic and my sabre at my side I set out upon my adventure.
+
+A thin rain was falling and there was no moon, so you may imagine that
+it was not very cheerful. But my heart was light at the thought of
+the honour which had been done me and the glory which awaited me. This
+exploit should be one more in that brilliant series which was to change
+my sabre into a baton. Ah, how we dreamed, we foolish fellows, young,
+and drunk with success! Could I have foreseen that night as I rode,
+the chosen man of sixty thousand, that I should spend my life planting
+cabbages on a hundred francs a month! Oh, my youth, my hopes, my
+comrades! But the wheel turns and never stops. Forgive me, my friends,
+for an old man has his weakness.
+
+My route, then, lay across the face of the high ground of Torres Vedras,
+then over a streamlet, past a farmhouse which had been burned down and
+was now only a landmark, then through a forest of young cork oaks, and
+so to the monastery of San Antonio, which marked the left of the English
+position. Here I turned south and rode quietly over the downs, for it
+was at this point that Massena thought that it would be most easy for me
+to find my way unobserved through the position. I went very slowly,
+for it was so dark that I could not see my hand in front of me. In
+such cases I leave my bridle loose and let my horse pick its own way.
+Voltigeur went confidently forward, and I was very content to sit upon
+his back and to peer about me, avoiding every light.
+
+For three hours we advanced in this cautious way, until it seemed to
+me that I must have left all danger behind me. I then pushed on more
+briskly, for I wished to be in the rear of the whole army by daybreak.
+There are many vineyards in these parts which in winter become open
+plains, and a horseman finds few difficulties in his way.
+
+But Massena had underrated the cunning of these English, for it appears
+that there was not one line of defence but three, and it was the third,
+which was the most formidable, through which I was at that instant
+passing. As I rode, elated at my own success, a lantern flashed suddenly
+before me, and I saw the glint of polished gun-barrels and the gleam of
+a red coat.
+
+“Who goes there?” cried a voice--such a voice! I swerved to the right
+and rode like a madman, but a dozen squirts of fire came out of the
+darkness, and the bullets whizzed all round my ears. That was no new
+sound to me, my friends, though I will not talk like a foolish conscript
+and say that I have ever liked it. But at least it had never kept me
+from thinking clearly, and so I knew that there was nothing for it
+but to gallop hard and try my luck elsewhere. I rode round the English
+picket, and then, as I heard nothing more of them, I concluded rightly
+that I had at last come through their defences.
+
+For five miles I rode south, striking a tinder from time to time to look
+at my pocket compass. And then in an instant--I feel the pang once more
+as my memory brings back the moment--my horse, without a sob or staggers
+fell stone-dead beneath me!
+
+I had never known it, but one of the bullets from that infernal picket
+had passed through his body. The gallant creature had never winced nor
+weakened, but had gone while life was in him. One instant I was secure
+on the swiftest, most graceful horse in Massena's army. The next he lay
+upon his side, worth only the price of his hide, and I stood there that
+most helpless, most ungainly of creatures, a dismounted Hussar. What
+could I do with my boots, my spurs, my trailing sabre? I was far inside
+the enemy's lines. How could I hope to get back again?
+
+I am not ashamed to say that I, Etienne Gerard, sat upon my dead horse
+and sank my face in my hands in my despair.
+
+Already the first streaks were whitening the east.
+
+In half an hour it would be light. That I should have won my way past
+every obstacle and then at this last instant be left at the mercy of my
+enemies, my mission ruined, and myself a prisoner--was it not enough to
+break a soldier's heart?
+
+But courage, my friends! We have these moments of weakness, the bravest
+of us; but I have a spirit like a slip of steel, for the more you bend
+it the higher it springs.
+
+One spasm of despair, and then a brain of ice and a heart of fire. All
+was not yet lost. I who had come through so many hazards would come
+through this one also. I rose from my horse and considered what had best
+be done.
+
+And first of all it was certain that I could not get back. Long before I
+could pass the lines it would be broad daylight. I must hide myself for
+the day, and then devote the next night to my escape. I took the saddle,
+holsters, and bridle from poor Voltigeur, and I concealed them among
+some bushes, so that no one finding him could know that he was a French
+horse. Then, leaving him lying there, I wandered on in search of some
+place where I might be safe for the day. In every direction I could see
+camp fires upon the sides of the hills, and already figures had begun to
+move around them. I must hide quickly, or I was lost.
+
+But where was I to hide? It was a vineyard in which I found myself, the
+poles of the vines still standing, but the plants gone. There was no
+cover there. Besides, I should want some food and water before another
+night had come. I hurried wildly onward through the waning darkness,
+trusting that chance would be my friend.
+
+And I was not disappointed. Chance is a woman, my friends, and she has
+her eye always upon a gallant Hussar.
+
+Well, then, as I stumbled through the vineyard, something loomed in
+front of me, and I came upon a great square house with another long, low
+building upon one side of it. Three roads met there, and it was easy to
+see that this was the posada, or wine-shop.
+
+There was no light in the windows, and everything was dark and silent,
+but, of course, I knew that such comfortable quarters were certainly
+occupied, and probably by someone of importance. I have learned,
+however, that the nearer the danger may really be the safer place, and
+so I was by no means inclined to trust myself away from this shelter.
+The low building was evidently the stable, and into this I crept, for
+the door was unlatched.
+
+The place was full of bullocks and sheep, gathered there, no doubt, to
+be out of the clutches of marauders.
+
+A ladder led to a loft, and up this I climbed and concealed myself very
+snugly among some bales of hay upon the top. This loft had a small open
+window, and I was able to look down upon the front of the inn and also
+upon the road. There I crouched and waited to see what would happen.
+
+It was soon evident that I had not been mistaken when I had thought that
+this might be the quarters of some person of importance. Shortly after
+daybreak an English light dragoon arrived with a despatch, and from then
+onward the place was in a turmoil, officers continually riding up and
+away. Always the same name was upon their lips: “Sir Stapleton--Sir
+Stapleton.”
+
+It was hard for me to lie there with a dry moustache and watch the
+great flagons which were brought out by the landlord to these
+English officers. But it amused me to look at their fresh-coloured,
+clean-shaven, careless faces, and to wonder what they would think if
+they knew that so celebrated a person was lying so near to them. And
+then, as I lay and watched, I saw a sight which filled me with surprise.
+
+It is incredible the insolence of these English! What do you suppose
+Milord Wellington had done when he found that Massena had blockaded him
+and that he could not move his army? I might give you many guesses. You
+might say that he had raged, that he had despaired, that he had brought
+his troops together and spoken to them about glory and the fatherland
+before leading them to one last battle. No, Milord did none of these
+things. But he sent a fleet ship to England to bring him a number of
+fox-dogs; and he with his officers settled himself down to chase the
+fox. It is true what I tell you. Behind the lines of Torres Vedras these
+mad Englishmen made the fox chase three days in the week.
+
+We had heard of it in the camp, and now I was myself to see that it was
+true.
+
+For, along the road which I have described, there came these very dogs,
+thirty or forty of them, white and brown, each with its tail at the same
+angle, like the bayonets of the Old Guard. My faith, but it was a pretty
+sight! And behind and amidst them there rode three men with peaked caps
+and red coats, whom I understood to be the hunters. After them came many
+horsemen with uniforms of various kinds, stringing along the roads in
+twos and threes, talking together and laughing.
+
+They did not seem to be going above a trot, and it appeared to me that
+it must indeed be a slow fox which they hoped to catch. However, it was
+their affair, not mine, and soon they had all passed my window and were
+out of sight. I waited and I watched, ready for any chance which might
+offer.
+
+Presently an officer, in a blue uniform not unlike that of our flying
+artillery, came cantering down the road--an elderly, stout man he was,
+with grey side-whiskers. He stopped and began to talk with an orderly
+officer of dragoons, who waited outside the inn, and it was then that I
+learned the advantage of the English which had been taught me. I could
+hear and understand all that was said.
+
+“Where is the meet?” said the officer, and I thought that he was
+hungering for his bifstek. But the other answered him that it was near
+Altara, so I saw that it was a place of which he spoke.
+
+“You are late, Sir George,” said the orderly.
+
+“Yes, I had a court-martial. Has Sir Stapleton Cotton gone?”
+
+At this moment a window opened, and a handsome young man in a very
+splendid uniform looked out of it.
+
+“Halloa, Murray!” said he. “These cursed papers keep me, but I will be
+at your heels.”
+
+“Very good, Cotton. I am late already, so I will ride on.”
+
+“You might order my groom to bring round my horse,” said the young
+General at the window to the orderly below, while the other went on down
+the road.
+
+The orderly rode away to some outlying stable, and then in a few minutes
+there came a smart English groom with a cockade in his hat, leading
+by the bridle a horse--and, oh, my friends, you have never known the
+perfection to which a horse can attain until you have seen a first-class
+English hunter. He was superb: tall, broad, strong, and yet as graceful
+and agile as a deer. Coal black he was in colour, and his neck, and his
+shoulder, and his quarters, and his fetlocks--how can I describe him all
+to you? The sun shone upon him as on polished ebony, and he raised his
+hoofs in a little playful dance so lightly and prettily, while he tossed
+his mane and whinnied with impatience. Never have I seen such a mixture
+of strength and beauty and grace. I had often wondered how the English
+Hussars had managed to ride over the chasseurs of the Guards in the
+affair at Astorga, but I wondered no longer when I saw the English
+horses.
+
+There was a ring for fastening bridles at the door of the inn, and the
+groom tied the horse there while he entered the house. In an instant I
+had seen the chance which Fate had brought to me. Were I in that saddle
+I should be better off than when I started. Even Voltigeur could not
+compare with this magnificent creature. To think is to act with me. In
+one instant I was down the ladder and at the door of the stable. The
+next I was out and the bridle was in my hand. I bounded into the saddle.
+
+Somebody, the master or the man, shouted wildly behind me. What cared I
+for his shouts! I touched the horse with my spurs and he bounded forward
+with such a spring that only a rider like myself could have sat him. I
+gave him his head and let him go--it did not matter to me where, so
+long as we left this inn far behind us. He thundered away across the
+vineyards, and in a very few minutes I had placed miles between myself
+and my pursuers. They could no longer tell in that wild country in which
+direction I had gone. I knew that I was safe, and so, riding to the
+top of a small hill, I drew my pencil and note-book from my pocket and
+proceeded to make plans of those camps which I could see and to draw the
+outline of the country.
+
+He was a dear creature upon whom I sat, but it was not easy to draw upon
+his back, for every now and then his two ears would cock, and he would
+start and quiver with impatience. At first I could not understand this
+trick of his, but soon I observed that he only did it when a peculiar
+noise--“yoy, yoy, yoy”--came from somewhere among the oak woods beneath
+us. And then suddenly this strange cry changed into a most terrible
+screaming, with the frantic blowing of a horn. Instantly he went
+mad--this horse. His eyes blazed. His mane bristled. He bounded from
+the earth and bounded again, twisting and turning in a frenzy. My pencil
+flew one way and my note-book another. And then, as I looked down into
+the valley, an extraordinary sight met my eyes.
+
+The hunt was streaming down it. The fox I could not see, but the dogs
+were in full cry, their noses down, their tails up, so close together
+that they might have been one great yellow and white moving carpet. And
+behind them rode the horsemen--my faith, what a sight! Consider every
+type which a great army could show. Some in hunting dress, but the most
+in uniforms: blue dragoons, red dragoons, red-trousered hussars, green
+riflemen, artillerymen, gold-slashed lancers, and most of all red, red,
+red, for the infantry officers ride as hard as the cavalry.
+
+Such a crowd, some well mounted, some ill, but all flying along as best
+they might, the subaltern as good as the general, jostling and pushing,
+spurring and driving, with every thought thrown to the winds save
+that they should have the blood of this absurd fox! Truly, they are an
+extraordinary people, the English!
+
+But I had little time to watch the hunt or to marvel at these islanders,
+for of all these mad creatures the very horse upon which I sat was
+the maddest. You understand that he was himself a hunter, and that the
+crying of these dogs was to him what the call of a cavalry trumpet in
+the street yonder would be to me. It thrilled him. It drove him wild.
+Again and again he bounded into the air, and then, seizing the bit
+between his teeth, he plunged down the slope and galloped after the
+dogs.
+
+I swore, and tugged, and pulled, but I was powerless.
+
+This English General rode his horse with a snaffle only, and the beast
+had a mouth of iron. It was useless to pull him back. One might as well
+try to keep a grenadier from a wine-bottle. I gave it up in despair,
+and, settling down in the saddle, I prepared for the worst which could
+befall.
+
+What a creature he was! Never have I felt such a horse between my knees.
+His great haunches gathered under him with every stride, and he shot
+forward ever faster and faster, stretched like a greyhound, while
+the wind beat in my face and whistled past my ears. I was wearing our
+undress jacket, a uniform simple and dark in itself--though some figures
+give distinction to any uniform--and I had taken the precaution to
+remove the long panache from my busby. The result was that, amidst the
+mixture of costumes in the hunt, there was no reason why mine should
+attract attention, or why these men, whose thoughts were all with the
+chase, should give any heed to me. The idea that a French officer might
+be riding with them was too absurd to enter their minds. I laughed as I
+rode, for, indeed, amid all the danger, there was something of comic in
+the situation.
+
+I have said that the hunters were very unequally mounted, and so at the
+end of a few miles, instead of being one body of men, like a charging
+regiment, they were scattered over a considerable space, the better
+riders well up to the dogs and the others trailing away behind.
+
+Now, I was as good a rider as any, and my horse was the best of them
+all, and so you can imagine that it was not long before he carried me
+to the front. And when I saw the dogs streaming over the open, and
+the red-coated huntsman behind them, and only seven or eight horsemen
+between us, then it was that the strangest thing of all happened, for I,
+too, went mad--I, Etienne Gerard!
+
+In a moment it came upon me, this spirit of sport, this desire to excel,
+this hatred of the fox. Accursed animal, should he then defy us? Vile
+robber, his hour was come!
+
+Ah, it is a great feeling, this feeling of sport, my friends, this
+desire to trample the fox under the hoofs of your horse. I have made
+the fox chase with the English. I have also, as I may tell you some day,
+fought the box-fight with the Bustler, of Bristol. And I say to you that
+this sport is a wonderful thing--full of interest as well as madness.
+
+The farther we went the faster galloped my horse, and soon there were
+but three men as near the dogs as I was.
+
+All thought of fear of discovery had vanished. My brain throbbed, my
+blood ran hot--only one thing upon earth seemed worth living for, and
+that was to overtake this infernal fox. I passed one of the horsemen--a
+Hussar like myself. There were only two in front of me now: the one in a
+black coat, the other the blue artilleryman whom I had seen at the inn.
+His grey whiskers streamed in the wind, but he rode magnificently. For a
+mile or more we kept in this order, and then, as we galloped up a steep
+slope, my lighter weight brought me to the front.
+
+I passed them both, and when I reached the crown I was riding level with
+the little, hard-faced English huntsman.
+
+In front of us were the dogs, and then, a hundred paces beyond them, was
+a brown wisp of a thing, the fox itself, stretched to the uttermost. The
+sight of him fired my blood. “Aha, we have you then, assassin!” I cried,
+and shouted my encouragement to the huntsman. I waved my hand to show
+him that there was one upon whom he could rely.
+
+And now there were only the dogs between me and my prey. These dogs,
+whose duty it is to point out the game, were now rather a hindrance than
+a help to us, for it was hard to know how to pass them. The huntsman
+felt the difficulty as much as I, for he rode behind them, and could
+make no progress toward the fox. He was a swift rider, but wanting in
+enterprise. For my part, I felt that it would be unworthy of the Hussars
+of Conflans if I could not overcome such a difficulty as this.
+
+Was Etienne Gerard to be stopped by a herd of fox-dogs?
+
+It was absurd. I gave a shout and spurred my horse.
+
+“Hold hard, sir! Hold hard!” cried the huntsman.
+
+He was uneasy for me, this good old man, but I reassured him by a wave
+and a smile. The dogs opened in front of me. One or two may have been
+hurt, but what would you have? The egg must be broken for the omelette.
+I could hear the huntsman shouting his congratulations behind me. One
+more effort, and the dogs were all behind me. Only the fox was in front.
+
+Ah, the joy and pride of that moment! To know that I had beaten the
+English at their own sport. Here were three hundred, all thirsting for
+the life of this animal, and yet it was I who was about to take it. I
+thought of my comrades of the light cavalry brigade, of my mother, of
+the Emperor, of France. I had brought honour to each and all. Every
+instant brought me nearer to the fox. The moment for action had arrived,
+so I unsheathed my sabre. I waved it in the air, and the brave English
+all shouted behind me.
+
+Only then did I understand how difficult is this fox chase, for one may
+cut again and again at the creature and never strike him once. He is
+small, and turns quickly from a blow. At every cut I heard those shouts
+of encouragement from behind me, and they spurred me to yet another
+effort. And then at last the supreme moment of my triumph arrived. In
+the very act of turning I caught him fair with such another back-handed
+cut as that with which I killed the aide-de-camp of the Emperor of
+Russia. He flew into two pieces, his head one way and his tail another.
+I looked back and waved the blood-stained sabre in the air. For the
+moment I was exalted--superb!
+
+Ah! how I should have loved to have waited to have received the
+congratulations of these generous enemies.
+
+There were fifty of them in sight, and not one who was not waving his
+hand and shouting. They are not really such a phlegmatic race, the
+English. A gallant deed in war or in sport will always warm their
+hearts. As to the old huntsman, he was the nearest to me, and I could
+see with my own eyes how overcome he was by what he had seen. He was
+like a man paralysed, his mouth open, his hand, with outspread fingers,
+raised in the air. For a moment my inclination was to return and to
+embrace him.
+
+But already the call of duty was sounding in my ears, and these English,
+in spite of all the fraternity which exists among sportsmen, would
+certainly have made me prisoner. There was no hope for my mission now,
+and I had done all that I could do. I could see the lines of Massena's
+camp no very great distance off, for, by a lucky chance, the chase had
+taken us in that direction.
+
+I turned from the dead fox, saluted with my sabre, and galloped away.
+
+But they would not leave me so easily, these gallant huntsmen. I was the
+fox now, and the chase swept bravely over the plain. It was only at the
+moment when I started for the camp that they could have known that I was
+a Frenchman, and now the whole swarm of them were at my heels. We were
+within gunshot of our pickets before they would halt, and then they
+stood in knots and would not go away, but shouted and waved their hands
+at me. No, I will not think that it was in enmity. Rather would I fancy
+that a glow of admiration filled their breasts, and that their one
+desire was to embrace the stranger who had carried himself so gallantly
+and well.
+
+
+
+
+IV. How the Brigadier Saved the Army
+
+I have told you, my friends, how we held the English shut up for six
+months, from October, 1810, to March, 1811, within their lines of Torres
+Vedras. It was during this time that I hunted the fox in their company,
+and showed them that amidst all their sportsmen there was not one who
+could outride a Hussar of Conflans. When I galloped back into the French
+lines with the blood of the creature still moist upon my blade the
+outposts who had seen what I had done raised a frenzied cry in my
+honour, whilst these English hunters still yelled behind me, so that I
+had the applause of both armies. It made the tears rise to my eyes to
+feel that I had won the admiration of so many brave men. These English
+are generous foes. That very evening there came a packet under a white
+flag addressed “To the Hussar officer who cut down the fox.” Within, I
+found the fox itself in two pieces, as I had left it. There was a note
+also, short but hearty, as the English fashion is, to say that as I had
+slaughtered the fox it only remained for me to eat it. They could not
+know that it was not our French custom to eat foxes, and it showed their
+desire that he who had won the honours of the chase should also partake
+of the game. It is not for a Frenchman to be outdone in politeness, and
+so I returned it to these brave hunters, and begged them to accept it as
+a side-dish for their next dejeuner de la chasse.
+
+It is thus that chivalrous opponents make war.
+
+I had brought back with me from my ride a clear plan of the English
+lines, and this I laid before Massena that very evening.
+
+I had hoped that it would lead him to attack, but all the marshals
+were at each other's throats, snapping and growling like so many hungry
+hounds. Ney hated Massena, and Massena hated Junot, and Soult hated them
+all. For this reason, nothing was done. In the meantime food grew
+more and more scarce, and our beautiful cavalry was ruined for want of
+fodder. With the end of the winter we had swept the whole country bare,
+and nothing remained for us to eat, although we sent our forage parties
+far and wide. It was clear even to the bravest of us that the time had
+come to retreat. I was myself forced to admit it.
+
+But retreat was not so easy. Not only were the troops weak and exhausted
+from want of supplies, but the enemy had been much encouraged by our
+long inaction. Of Wellington we had no great fear. We had found him
+to be brave and cautious, but with little enterprise. Besides, in that
+barren country his pursuit could not be rapid.
+
+But on our flanks and in our rear there had gathered great numbers of
+Portuguese militia, of armed peasants, and of guerillas. These people
+had kept a safe distance all the winter, but now that our horses were
+foundered they were as thick as flies all round our outposts, and no
+man's life was worth a sou when once he fell into their hands. I could
+name a dozen officers of my own acquaintance who were cut off during
+that time, and the luckiest was he who received a ball from behind a
+rock through his head or his heart. There were some whose deaths were
+so terrible that no report of them was ever allowed to reach their
+relatives. So frequent were these tragedies, and so much did they
+impress the imagination of the men, that it became very difficult to
+induce them to leave the camp.
+
+There was one especial scoundrel, a guerilla chief named Manuelo, “The
+Smiler,” whose exploits filled our men with horror. He was a large,
+fat man of jovial aspect, and he lurked with a fierce gang among the
+mountains which lay upon our left flank. A volume might be written of
+this fellow's cruelties and brutalities, but he was certainly a man of
+power, for he organised his brigands in a manner which made it almost
+impossible for us to get through his country. This he did by imposing
+a severe discipline upon them and enforcing it by cruel penalties, a
+policy by which he made them formidable, but which had some unexpected
+results, as I will show you in my story. Had he not flogged his own
+lieutenant--but you will hear of that when the time comes.
+
+There were many difficulties in connection with a retreat, but it was
+very evident that there was no other possible course, and so Massena
+began to quickly pass his baggage and his sick from Torres Novas, which
+was his headquarters, to Coimbra, the first strong post on his line of
+communications. He could not do this unperceived, however, and at once
+the guerillas came swarming closer and closer upon our flanks. One of
+our divisions, that of Clausel, with a brigade of Montbrun's cavalry,
+was far to the south of the Tagus, and it became very necessary to let
+them know that we were about to retreat, for otherwise they would be
+left unsupported in the very heart of the enemy's country. I remember
+wondering how Massena would accomplish this, for simple couriers could
+not get through, and small parties would be certainly destroyed. In some
+way an order to fall back must be conveyed to these men, or France would
+be the weaker by fourteen thousand men. Little did I think that it was
+I, Colonel Gerard, who was to have the honour of a deed which might have
+formed the crowning glory of any other man's life, and which stands high
+among those exploits which have made my own so famous.
+
+At that time I was serving on Massena's staff, and he had two other
+aides-de-camp, who were also very brave and intelligent officers. The
+name of one was Cortex and of the other Duplessis. They were senior to
+me in age, but junior in every other respect. Cortex was a small, dark
+man, very quick and eager. He was a fine soldier, but he was ruined by
+his conceit. To take him at his own valuation, he was the first man in
+the army.
+
+Duplessis was a Gascon, like myself, and he was a very fine fellow, as
+all Gascon gentlemen are. We took it in turn, day about, to do duty, and
+it was Cortex who was in attendance upon the morning of which I speak.
+I saw him at breakfast, but afterward neither he nor his horse was to be
+seen. All day Massena was in his usual gloom, and he spent much of his
+time staring with his telescope at the English lines and at the shipping
+in the Tagus.
+
+He said nothing of the mission upon which he had sent our comrade, and
+it was not for us to ask him any questions.
+
+That night, about twelve o'clock, I was standing outside the Marshal's
+headquarters when he came out and stood motionless for half an hour,
+his arms folded upon his breast, staring through the darkness toward the
+east.
+
+So rigid and intent was he that you might have believed the muffled
+figure and the cocked hat to have been the statue of the man. What he
+was looking for I could not imagine; but at last he gave a bitter curse,
+and, turning on his heel, he went back into the house, banging the door
+behind him.
+
+Next day the second aide-de-camp, Duplessis, had an interview with
+Massena in the morning, after which neither he nor his horse was seen
+again. That night, as I sat in the ante-room, the Marshal passed me,
+and I observed him through the window standing and staring to the east
+exactly as he had done before. For fully half an hour he remained there,
+a black shadow in the gloom.
+
+Then he strode in, the door banged, and I heard his spurs and his
+scabbard jingling and clanking through the passage. At the best he was
+a savage old man, but when he was crossed I had almost as soon face the
+Emperor himself. I heard him that night cursing and stamping above
+my head, but he did not send for me, and I knew him too well to go
+unsought.
+
+Next morning it was my turn, for I was the only aide-de-camp left. I
+was his favourite aide-de-camp. His heart went out always to a smart
+soldier. I declare that I think there were tears in his black eyes when
+he sent for me that morning.
+
+“Gerard,” said he. “Come here!”
+
+With a friendly gesture he took me by the sleeve and he led me to the
+open window which faced the east. Beneath us was the infantry camp,
+and beyond that the lines of the cavalry with the long rows of picketed
+horses.
+
+We could see the French outposts, and then a stretch of open country,
+intersected by vineyards. A range of hills lay beyond, with one
+well-marked peak towering above them. Round the base of these hills was
+a broad belt of forest. A single road ran white and clear, dipping and
+rising until it passed through a gap in the hills.
+
+“This,” said Massena, pointing to the mountain, “is the Sierra de
+Merodal. Do you perceive anything upon the top?”
+
+I answered that I did not.
+
+“Now?” he asked, and he handed me his field-glass.
+
+With its aid I perceived a small mound or cairn upon the crest.
+
+“What you see,” said the Marshal, “is a pile of logs which was placed
+there as a beacon. We laid it when the country was in our hands, and
+now, although we no longer hold it, the beacon remains undisturbed.
+Gerard, that beacon must be lit to-night. France needs it, the Emperor
+needs it, the army needs it. Two of your comrades have gone to light it,
+but neither has made his way to the summit. To-day it is your turn, and
+I pray that you may have better luck.”
+
+It is not for a soldier to ask the reason for his orders, and so I was
+about to hurry from the room, but the Marshal laid his hand upon my
+shoulder and held me.
+
+“You shall know all, and so learn how high is the cause for which you
+risk your life,” said he. “Fifty miles to the south of us, on the other
+side of the Tagus, is the army of General Clausel. His camp is situated
+near a peak named the Sierra d'Ossa. On the summit of this peak is a
+beacon, and by this beacon he has a picket. It is agreed between us that
+when at midnight he shall see our signal-fire he shall light his own as
+an answer, and shall then at once fall back upon the main army. If
+he does not start at once I must go without him. For two days I have
+endeavoured to send him his message. It must reach him to-day, or his
+army will be left behind and destroyed.”
+
+Ah, my friends, how my heart swelled when I heard how high was the task
+which Fortune had assigned to me!
+
+If my life were spared, here was one more splendid new leaf for my
+laurel crown. If, on the other hand, I died, then it would be a death
+worthy of such a career. I said nothing, but I cannot doubt that all
+the noble thoughts that were in me shone in my face, for Massena took my
+hand and wrung it.
+
+“There is the hill and there the beacon,” said he.
+
+“There is only this guerilla and his men between you and it. I cannot
+detach a large party for the enterprise and a small one would be seen
+and destroyed. Therefore to you alone I commit it. Carry it out in your
+own way, but at twelve o'clock this night let me see the fire upon the
+hill.”
+
+“If it is not there,” said I, “then I pray you, Marshal Massena, to see
+that my effects are sold and the money sent to my mother.” So I raised
+my hand to my busby and turned upon my heel, my heart glowing at the
+thought of the great exploit which lay before me.
+
+I sat in my own chamber for some little time considering how I had best
+take the matter in hand. The fact that neither Cortex nor Duplessis,
+who were very zealous and active officers, had succeeded in reaching
+the summit of the Sierra de Merodal, showed that the country was very
+closely watched by the guerillas. I reckoned out the distance upon a
+map. There were ten miles of open country to be crossed before reaching
+the hills. Then came a belt of forest on the lower slopes of the
+mountain, which may have been three or four miles wide. And then there
+was the actual peak itself, of no very great height, but without any
+cover to conceal me. Those were the three stages of my journey.
+
+It seemed to me that once I had reached the shelter of the wood all
+would be easy, for I could lie concealed within its shadows and climb
+upward under the cover of night.
+
+From eight till twelve would give me four hours of darkness in which
+to make the ascent. It was only the first stage, then, which I had
+seriously to consider.
+
+Over that flat country there lay the inviting white road, and I
+remembered that my comrades had both taken their horses. That was
+clearly their ruin, for nothing could be easier than for the brigands to
+keep watch upon the road, and to lay an ambush for all who passed along
+it. It would not be difficult for me to ride across country, and I was
+well horsed at that time, for I had not only Violette and Rataplan, who
+were two of the finest mounts in the army, but I had the splendid black
+English hunter which I had taken from Sir Cotton. However, after much
+thought, I determined to go upon foot, since I should then be in a
+better state to take advantage of any chance which might offer. As to my
+dress, I covered my Hussar uniform with a long cloak, and I put a
+grey forage cap upon my head. You may ask me why I did not dress as
+a peasant, but I answer that a man of honour has no desire to die the
+death of a spy. It is one thing to be murdered, and it is another to be
+justly executed by the laws of war. I would not run the risk of such an
+end.
+
+In the late afternoon I stole out of the camp and passed through the
+line of our pickets. Beneath my cloak I had a field-glass and a pocket
+pistol, as well as my sword. In my pocket were tinder, flint, and steel.
+
+For two or three miles I kept under cover of the vineyards, and made
+such good progress that my heart was high within me, and I thought to
+myself that it only needed a man of some brains to take the matter in
+hand to bring it easily to success. Of course, Cortex and Duplessis
+galloping down the high-road would be easily seen, but the intelligent
+Gerard lurking among the vines was quite another person. I dare say I
+had got as far as five miles before I met any check. At that point there
+is a small wine-house, round which I perceived some carts and a number
+of people, the first that I had seen. Now that I was well outside the
+lines I knew that every person was my enemy, so I crouched lower while I
+stole along to a point from which I could get a better view of what was
+going on. I then perceived that these people were peasants, who were
+loading two waggons with empty wine-casks. I failed to see how they
+could either help or hinder me, so I continued upon my way.
+
+But soon I understood that my task was not so simple as had appeared. As
+the ground rose the vineyards ceased, and I came upon a stretch of open
+country studded with low hills. Crouching in a ditch I examined them
+with a glass, and I very soon perceived that there was a watcher upon
+every one of them, and that these people had a line of pickets and
+outposts thrown forward exactly like our own. I had heard of the
+discipline which was practised by this scoundrel whom they called “The
+Smiler,” and this, no doubt, was an example of it.
+
+Between the hills there was a cordon of sentries, and though I worked
+some distance round to the flank I still found myself faced by the
+enemy. It was a puzzle what to do.
+
+There was so little cover that a rat could hardly cross without being
+seen. Of course, it would be easy enough to slip through at night, as I
+had done with the English at Torres Vedras, but I was still far from
+the mountain and I could not in that case reach it in time to light the
+midnight beacon. I lay in my ditch and I made a thousand plans, each
+more dangerous than the last. And then suddenly I had that flash of
+light which comes to the brave man who refuses to despair.
+
+You remember I have mentioned that two waggons were loading up with
+empty casks at the inn. The heads of the oxen were turned to the east,
+and it was evident that those waggons were going in the direction which
+I desired. Could I only conceal myself upon one of them, what better and
+easier way could I find of passing through the lines of the guerillas?
+So simple and so good was the plan that I could not restrain a cry
+of delight as it crossed my mind, and I hurried away instantly in the
+direction of the inn. There, from behind some bushes, I had a good look
+at what was going on upon the road.
+
+There were three peasants with red montero caps loading the barrels, and
+they had completed one waggon and the lower tier of the other. A number
+of empty barrels still lay outside the wine-house waiting to be put on.
+
+Fortune was my friend--I have always said that she is a woman and cannot
+resist a dashing young Hussar. As I watched, the three fellows went into
+the inn, for the day was hot and they were thirsty after their labour.
+Quick as a flash I darted out from my hiding-place, climbed on to the
+waggon, and crept into one of the empty casks.
+
+It had a bottom but no top, and it lay upon its side with the open end
+inward. There I crouched like a dog in its kennel, my knees drawn up to
+my chin, for the barrels were not very large and I am a well-grown man.
+As I lay there, out came the three peasants again, and presently I heard
+a crash upon the top of me which told that I had another barrel above
+me. They piled them upon the cart until I could not imagine how I was
+ever to get out again. However, it is time to think of crossing the
+Vistula when you are over the Rhine, and I had no doubt that if chance
+and my own wits had carried me so far they would carry me farther.
+
+Soon, when the waggon was full, they set forth upon their way, and I
+within my barrel chuckled at every step, for it was carrying me whither
+I wished to go. We travelled slowly, and the peasants walked beside the
+waggons.
+
+This I knew, because I heard their voices close to me. They seemed to me
+to be very merry fellows, for they laughed heartily as they went. What
+the joke was I could not understand. Though I speak their language
+fairly well I could not hear anything comic in the scraps of their
+conversation which met my ear.
+
+I reckoned that at the rate of walking of a team of oxen we covered
+about two miles an hour. Therefore, when I was sure that two and a
+half hours had passed--such hours, my friends, cramped, suffocated, and
+nearly poisoned with the fumes of the lees--when they had passed, I was
+sure that the dangerous open country was behind us, and that we were
+upon the edge of the forest and the mountain. So now I had to turn my
+mind upon how I was to get out of my barrel. I had thought of several
+ways, and was balancing one against the other when the question was
+decided for me in a very simple but unexpected manner.
+
+The waggon stopped suddenly with a jerk, and I heard a number of gruff
+voices in excited talk. “Where, where?” cried one. “On our cart,” said
+another. “Who is he?” said a third. “A French officer; I saw his cap
+and his boots.” They all roared with laughter. “I was looking out of the
+window of the posada and I saw him spring into the cask like a toreador
+with a Seville bull at his heels.” “Which cask, then?” “It was this
+one,” said the fellow, and sure enough his fist struck the wood beside
+my head.
+
+What a situation, my friends, for a man of my standing!
+
+I blush now, after forty years, when I think of it.
+
+To be trussed like a fowl and to listen helplessly to the rude laughter
+of these boors--to know, too, that my mission had come to an ignominious
+and even ridiculous end--I would have blessed the man who would have
+sent a bullet through the cask and freed me from my misery.
+
+I heard the crashing of the barrels as they hurled them off the waggon,
+and then a couple of bearded faces and the muzzles of two guns looked in
+at me. They seized me by the sleeves of my coat, and they dragged me
+out into the daylight. A strange figure I must have looked as I stood
+blinking and gaping in the blinding sunlight.
+
+My body was bent like a cripple's, for I could not straighten my stiff
+joints, and half my coat was as red as an English soldier's from the
+lees in which I had lain.
+
+They laughed and laughed, these dogs, and as I tried to express by my
+bearing and gestures the contempt in which I held them their laughter
+grew all the louder. But even in these hard circumstances I bore myself
+like the man I am, and as I cast my eye slowly round I did not find that
+any of the laughers were very ready to face it.
+
+That one glance round was enough to tell me exactly how I was situated.
+I had been betrayed by these peasants into the hands of an outpost of
+guerillas. There were eight of them, savage-looking, hairy creatures,
+with cotton handkerchiefs under their sombreros, and many-buttoned
+jackets with coloured sashes round the waist.
+
+Each had a gun and one or two pistols stuck in his girdle.
+
+The leader, a great, bearded ruffian, held his gun against my ear while
+the others searched my pockets, taking from me my overcoat, my pistol,
+my glass, my sword, and, worst of all, my flint and steel and tinder.
+Come what might, I was ruined, for I had no longer the means of lighting
+the beacon even if I should reach it.
+
+Eight of them, my friends, with three peasants, and I unarmed! Was
+Etienne Gerard in despair? Did he lose his wits? Ah, you know me too
+well; but they did not know me yet, these dogs of brigands. Never have
+I made so supreme and astounding an effort as at this very instant when
+all seemed lost. Yet you might guess many times before you would hit
+upon the device by which I escaped them. Listen and I will tell you.
+
+They had dragged me from the waggon when they searched me, and I stood,
+still twisted and warped, in the midst of them. But the stiffness was
+wearing off, and already my mind was very actively looking out for some
+method of breaking away. It was a narrow pass in which the brigands had
+their outpost. It was bounded on the one hand by a steep mountain side.
+On the other the ground fell away in a very long slope, which ended in a
+bushy valley many hundreds of feet below. These fellows, you understand,
+were hardy mountaineers, who could travel either up hill or down very
+much quicker than I. They wore abarcas, or shoes of skin, tied on like
+sandals, which gave them a foothold everywhere. A less resolute man
+would have despaired. But in an instant I saw and used the strange
+chance which Fortune had placed in my way. On the very edge of the slope
+was one of the wine-barrels. I moved slowly toward it, and then with a
+tiger spring I dived into it feet foremost, and with a roll of my body I
+tipped it over the side of the hill.
+
+Shall I ever forget that dreadful journey--how I bounded and crashed
+and whizzed down that terrible slope? I had dug in my knees and elbows,
+bunching my body into a compact bundle so as to steady it; but my head
+projected from the end, and it was a marvel that I did not dash out my
+brains. There were long, smooth slopes, and then came steeper scarps
+where the barrel ceased to roll, and sprang into the air like a goat,
+coming down with a rattle and crash which jarred every bone in my body.
+How the wind whistled in my ears, and my head turned and turned until I
+was sick and giddy and nearly senseless! Then, with a swish and a great
+rasping and crackling of branches, I reached the bushes which I had seen
+so far below me. Through them I broke my way, down a slope beyond, and
+deep into another patch of underwood, where, striking a sapling, my
+barrel flew to pieces. From amid a heap of staves and hoops I crawled
+out, my body aching in every inch of it, but my heart singing loudly
+with joy and my spirit high within me, for I knew how great was the feat
+which I had accomplished, and I already seemed to see the beacon blazing
+on the hill.
+
+A horrible nausea had seized me from the tossing which I had undergone,
+and I felt as I did upon the ocean when first I experienced those
+movements of which the English have taken so perfidious an advantage. I
+had to sit for a few moments with my head upon my hands beside the ruins
+of my barrel. But there was no time for rest.
+
+Already I heard shouts above me which told that my pursuers were
+descending the hill. I dashed into the thickest part of the underwood,
+and I ran and ran until I was utterly exhausted. Then I lay panting and
+listened with all my ears, but no sound came to them. I had shaken off
+my enemies.
+
+When I had recovered my breath I travelled swiftly on, and waded
+knee-deep through several brooks, for it came into my head that they
+might follow me with dogs.
+
+On gaining a clear place and looking round me, I found to my delight
+that in spite of my adventures I had not been much out of my way. Above
+me towered the peak of Merodal, with its bare and bold summit shooting
+out of the groves of dwarf oaks which shrouded its flanks.
+
+These groves were the continuation of the cover under which I found
+myself, and it seemed to me that I had nothing to fear now until I
+reached the other side of the forest. At the same time I knew that every
+man's hand was against me, that I was unarmed, and that there were
+many people about me. I saw no one, but several times I heard shrill
+whistles, and once the sound of a gun in the distance.
+
+It was hard work pushing one's way through the bushes, and so I was glad
+when I came to the larger trees and found a path which led between
+them. Of course, I was too wise to walk upon it, but I kept near it and
+followed its course. I had gone some distance, and had, as I imagined,
+nearly reached the limit of the wood, when a strange, moaning sound fell
+upon my ears. At first I thought it was the cry of some animal, but then
+there came words, of which I only caught the French exclamation, “Mon
+Dieu!” With great caution I advanced in the direction from which the
+sound proceeded, and this is what I saw.
+
+On a couch of dried leaves there was stretched a man dressed in the same
+grey uniform which I wore myself.
+
+He was evidently horribly wounded, for he held a cloth to his breast
+which was crimson with his blood. A pool had formed all round his couch,
+and he lay in a haze of flies, whose buzzing and droning would certainly
+have called my attention if his groans had not come to my ear.
+
+I lay for a moment, fearing some trap, and then, my pity and loyalty
+rising above all other feelings, I ran forward and knelt by his side.
+He turned a haggard face upon me, and it was Duplessis, the man who
+had gone before me. It needed but one glance at his sunken cheeks and
+glazing eyes to tell me that he was dying.
+
+“Gerard!” said he; “Gerard!”
+
+I could but look my sympathy, but he, though the life was ebbing swiftly
+out of him, still kept his duty before him, like the gallant gentleman
+he was.
+
+“The beacon, Gerard! You will light it?”
+
+“Have you flint and steel?”
+
+“It is here!”
+
+“Then I will light it to-night.”
+
+“I die happy to hear you say so. They shot me, Gerard. But you will tell
+the Marshal that I did my best.”
+
+“And Cortex?”
+
+“He was less fortunate. He fell into their hands and died horribly. If
+you see that you cannot get away, Gerard, put a bullet into your own
+heart. Don't die as Cortex did.”
+
+I could see that his breath was failing, and I bent low to catch his
+words.
+
+“Can you tell me anything which can help me in my task?” I asked.
+
+“Yes, yes; de Pombal. He will help you. Trust de Pombal.” With the words
+his head fell back and he was dead.
+
+“Trust de Pombal. It is good advice.” To my amazement a man was standing
+at the very side of me.
+
+So absorbed had I been in my comrade's words and intent on his advice
+that he had crept up without my observing him. Now I sprang to my feet
+and faced him. He was a tall, dark fellow, black-haired, black-eyed,
+black-bearded, with a long, sad face. In his hand he had a wine-bottle
+and over his shoulder was slung one of the trabucos or blunderbusses
+which these fellows bear. He made no effort to unsling it, and I
+understood that this was the man to whom my dead friend had commended
+me.
+
+“Alas, he is gone!” said he, bending over Duplessis.
+
+“He fled into the wood after he was shot, but I was fortunate enough
+to find where he had fallen and to make his last hours more easy. This
+couch was my making, and I had brought this wine to slake his thirst.”
+
+“Sir,” said I, “in the name of France I thank you. I am but a colonel
+of light cavalry, but I am Etienne Gerard, and the name stands for
+something in the French army. May I ask----”
+
+“Yes, sir, I am Aloysius de Pombal, younger brother of the famous
+nobleman of that name. At present I am the first lieutenant in the band
+of the guerilla chief who is usually known as Manuelo, 'The Smiler.'”
+
+My word, I clapped my hand to the place where my pistol should have
+been, but the man only smiled at the gesture.
+
+“I am his first lieutenant, but I am also his deadly enemy,” said he.
+He slipped off his jacket and pulled up his shirt as he spoke. “Look at
+this!” he cried, and he turned upon me a back which was all scored and
+lacerated with red and purple weals. “This is what 'The Smiler' has done
+to me, a man with the noblest blood of Portugal in my veins. What I will
+do to 'The Smiler' you have still to see.”
+
+There was such fury in his eyes and in the grin of his white teeth that
+I could no longer doubt his truth, with that clotted and oozing back to
+corroborate his words.
+
+“I have ten men sworn to stand by me,” said he. “In a few days I hope
+to join your army, when I have done my work here. In the meanwhile--” A
+strange change came over his face, and he suddenly slung his musket to
+the front: “Hold up your hands, you French hound!” he yelled. “Up with
+them, or I blow your head of!”
+
+You start, my friends! You stare! Think, then, how I stared and started
+at this sudden ending of our talk.
+
+There was the black muzzle and there the dark, angry eyes behind it.
+What could I do? I was helpless. I raised my hands in the air. At the
+same moment voices sounded from all parts of the wood, there were crying
+and calling and rushing of many feet. A swarm of dreadful figures
+broke through the green bushes, a dozen hands seized me, and I, poor,
+luckless, frenzied I, was a prisoner once more. Thank God, there was
+no pistol which I could have plucked from my belt and snapped at my own
+head. Had I been armed at that moment I should not be sitting here in
+this cafe and telling you these old-world tales.
+
+With grimy, hairy hands clutching me on every side I was led along the
+pathway through the wood, the villain de Pombal giving directions to my
+captors. Four of the brigands carried up the dead body of Duplessis.
+
+The shadows of evening were already falling when we cleared the forest
+and came out upon the mountain-side.
+
+Up this I was driven until we reached the headquarters of the guerillas,
+which lay in a cleft close to the summit of the mountain. There was the
+beacon which had cost me so much, a square stack of wood, immediately
+above our heads. Below were two or three huts which had belonged, no
+doubt, to goatherds, and which were now used to shelter these rascals.
+Into one of these I was cast, bound and helpless, and the dead body of
+my poor comrade was laid beside me.
+
+I was lying there with the one thought still consuming me, how to wait a
+few hours and to get at that pile of fagots above my head, when the door
+of my prison opened and a man entered. Had my hands been free I should
+have flown at his throat, for it was none other than de Pombal. A couple
+of brigands were at his heels, but he ordered them back and closed the
+door behind him.
+
+“You villain!” said I.
+
+“Hush!” he cried. “Speak low, for I do not know who may be listening,
+and my life is at stake. I have some words to say to you, Colonel
+Gerard; I wish well to you, as I did to your dead companion. As I spoke
+to you beside his body I saw that we were surrounded, and that your
+capture was unavoidable. I should have shared your fate had I hesitated.
+I instantly captured you myself, so as to preserve the confidence of the
+band. Your own sense will tell you that there was nothing else for me to
+do. I do not know now whether I can save you, but at least I will try.”
+
+This was a new light upon the situation. I told him that I could not
+tell how far he spoke the truth, but that I would judge him by his
+actions.
+
+“I ask nothing better,” said he. “A word of advice to you! The chief
+will see you now. Speak him fair, or he will have you sawn between two
+planks. Contradict nothing he says. Give him such information as he
+wants. It is your only chance. If you can gain time something may come
+in our favour. Now, I have no more time. Come at once, or suspicion may
+be awakened.”
+
+He helped me to rise, and then, opening the door, he dragged me out very
+roughly, and with the aid of the fellows outside he brutally pushed and
+thrust me to the place where the guerilla chief was seated, with his
+rude followers gathered round him.
+
+A remarkable man was Manuelo, “The Smiler.” He was fat and florid and
+comfortable, with a big, clean-shaven face and a bald head, the very
+model of a kindly father of a family. As I looked at his honest smile I
+could scarcely believe that this was, indeed, the infamous ruffian whose
+name was a horror through the English Army as well as our own. It is
+well known that Trent, who was a British officer, afterward had the
+fellow hanged for his brutalities. He sat upon a boulder and he beamed
+upon me like one who meets an old acquaintance.
+
+I observed, however, that one of his men leaned upon a long saw, and the
+sight was enough to cure me of all delusions.
+
+“Good evening, Colonel Gerard,” said he. “We have been highly honoured
+by General Massena's staff: Major Cortex one day, Colonel Duplessis
+the next, and now Colonel Gerard. Possibly the Marshal himself may
+be induced to honour us with a visit. You have seen Duplessis, I
+understand. Cortex you will find nailed to a tree down yonder. It only
+remains to be decided how we can best dispose of yourself.”
+
+It was not a cheering speech; but all the time his fat face was wreathed
+in smiles, and he lisped out his words in the most mincing and amiable
+fashion. Now, however, he suddenly leaned forward, and I read a very
+real intensity in his eyes.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” said he, “I cannot promise you your life, for it is
+not our custom, but I can give you an easy death or I can give you a
+terrible one. Which shall it be?”
+
+“What do you wish me to do in exchange?”
+
+“If you would die easy I ask you to give me truthful answers to the
+questions which I ask.”
+
+A sudden thought flashed through my mind.
+
+“You wish to kill me,” said I; “it cannot matter to you how I die. If
+I answer your questions, will you let me choose the manner of my own
+death?”
+
+“Yes, I will,” said he, “so long as it is before midnight to-night.”
+
+“Swear it!” I cried.
+
+“The word of a Portuguese gentleman is sufficient,” said he.
+
+“Not a word will I say until you have sworn it.”
+
+He flushed with anger and his eyes swept round toward the saw. But he
+understood from my tone that I meant what I said, and that I was not
+a man to be bullied into submission. He pulled a cross from under his
+zammara or jacket of black sheepskin.
+
+“I swear it,” said he.
+
+Oh, my joy as I heard the words! What an end--what an end for the first
+swordsman of France! I could have laughed with delight at the thought.
+
+“Now, your questions!” said I.
+
+“You swear in turn to answer them truly?”
+
+“I do, upon the honour of a gentleman and a soldier.”
+
+It was, as you perceive, a terrible thing that I promised, but what was
+it compared to what I might gain by compliance?
+
+“This is a very fair and a very interesting bargain,” said he, taking a
+note-book from his pocket.
+
+“Would you kindly turn your gaze toward the French camp?”
+
+Following the direction of his gesture, I turned and looked down upon
+the camp in the plain beneath us. In spite of the fifteen miles,
+one could in that clear atmosphere see every detail with the utmost
+distinctness.
+
+There were the long squares of our tents and our huts, with the cavalry
+lines and the dark patches which marked the ten batteries of artillery.
+How sad to think of my magnificent regiment waiting down yonder, and to
+know that they would never see their colonel again! With one squadron of
+them I could have swept all these cut-throats off the face of the earth.
+My eager eyes filled with tears as I looked at the corner of the camp
+where I knew that there were eight hundred men, any one of whom would
+have died for his colonel. But my sadness vanished when I saw beyond the
+tents the plumes of smoke which marked the headquarters at Torres Novas.
+There was Massena, and, please God, at the cost of my life his mission
+would that night be done. A spasm of pride and exultation filled my
+breast. I should have liked to have had a voice of thunder that I might
+call to them, “Behold it is I, Etienne Gerard, who will die in order to
+save the army of Clausel!” It was, indeed, sad to think that so noble a
+deed should be done, and that no one should be there to tell the tale.
+
+“Now,” said the brigand chief, “you see the camp and you see also the
+road which leads to Coimbra. It is crowded with your fourgons and your
+ambulances. Does this mean that Massena is about to retreat?”
+
+One could see the dark moving lines of waggons with an occasional flash
+of steel from the escort. There could, apart from my promise, be no
+indiscretion in admitting that which was already obvious.
+
+“He will retreat,” said I.
+
+“By Coimbra?”
+
+“I believe so.”
+
+“But the army of Clausel?”
+
+I shrugged my shoulders.
+
+“Every path to the south is blocked. No message can reach them. If
+Massena falls back the army of Clausel is doomed.”
+
+“It must take its chance,” said I.
+
+“How many men has he?”
+
+“I should say about fourteen thousand.”
+
+“How much cavalry?”
+
+“One brigade of Montbrun's Division.”
+
+“What regiments?”
+
+“The 4th Chasseurs, the 9th Hussars, and a regiment of Cuirassiers.”
+
+“Quite right,” said he, looking at his note-book. “I can tell you
+speak the truth, and Heaven help you if you don't.” Then, division by
+division, he went over the whole army, asking the composition of each
+brigade.
+
+Need I tell you that I would have had my tongue torn out before I would
+have told him such things had I not a greater end in view? I would let
+him know all if I could but save the army of Clausel.
+
+At last he closed his note-book and replaced it in his pocket. “I am
+obliged to you for this information, which shall reach Lord Wellington
+to-morrow,” said he.
+
+“You have done your share of the bargain; it is for me now to perform
+mine. How would you wish to die? As a soldier you would, no doubt,
+prefer to be shot, but some think that a jump over the Merodal precipice
+is really an easier death. A good few have taken it, but we were,
+unfortunately, never able to get an opinion from them afterward. There
+is the saw, too, which does not appear to be popular. We could hang you,
+no doubt, but it would involve the inconvenience of going down to the
+wood. However, a promise is a promise, and you seem to be an excellent
+fellow, so we will spare no pains to meet your wishes.”
+
+“You said,” I answered, “that I must die before midnight. I will choose,
+therefore, just one minute before that hour.”
+
+“Very good,” said he. “Such clinging to life is rather childish, but
+your wishes shall be met.”
+
+“As to the method,” I added, “I love a death which all the world can
+see. Put me on yonder pile of fagots and burn me alive, as saints and
+martyrs have been burned before me. That is no common end, but one which
+an Emperor might envy.”
+
+The idea seemed to amuse him very much. “Why not?” said he. “If Massena
+has sent you to spy upon us, he may guess what the fire upon the
+mountain means.”
+
+“Exactly,” said I. “You have hit upon my very reason. He will guess, and
+all will know, that I have died a soldier's death.”
+
+“I see no objection whatever,” said the brigand, with his abominable
+smile. “I will send some goat's flesh and wine into your hut. The sun is
+sinking and it is nearly eight o'clock. In four hours be ready for your
+end.”
+
+It was a beautiful world to be leaving. I looked at the golden haze
+below, where the last rays of the sinking sun shone upon the blue waters
+of the winding Tagus and gleamed upon the white sails of the English
+transports.
+
+Very beautiful it was, and very sad to leave; but there are things more
+beautiful than that. The death that is died for the sake of others,
+honour, and duty, and loyalty, and love--these are the beauties far
+brighter than any which the eye can see. My breast was filled with
+admiration for my own most noble conduct, and with wonder whether any
+soul would ever come to know how I had placed myself in the heart of the
+beacon which saved the army of Clausel. I hoped so and I prayed so,
+for what a consolation it would be to my mother, what an example to the
+army, what a pride to my Hussars! When de Pombal came at last into my
+hut with the food and the wine, the first request I made him was that he
+would write an account of my death and send it to the French camp.
+
+He answered not a word, but I ate my supper with a better appetite from
+the thought that my glorious fate would not be altogether unknown.
+
+I had been there about two hours when the door opened again, and the
+chief stood looking in. I was in darkness, but a brigand with a torch
+stood beside him, and I saw his eyes and his teeth gleaming as he peered
+at me.
+
+“Ready?” he asked.
+
+“It is not yet time.”
+
+“You stand out for the last minute?”
+
+“A promise is a promise.”
+
+“Very good. Be it so. We have a little justice to do among ourselves,
+for one of my fellows has been misbehaving. We have a strict rule of our
+own which is no respecter of persons, as de Pombal here could tell you.
+Do you truss him and lay him on the faggots, de Pombal, and I will
+return to see him die.”
+
+De Pombal and the man with the torch entered, while I heard the steps of
+the chief passing away. De Pombal closed the door.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” said he, “you must trust this man, for he is one of
+my party. It is neck or nothing. We may save you yet. But I take a great
+risk, and I want a definite promise. If we save you, will you guarantee
+that we have a friendly reception in the French camp and that all the
+past will be forgotten?”
+
+“I do guarantee it.”
+
+“And I trust your honour. Now, quick, quick, there is not an instant to
+lose! If this monster returns we shall die horribly, all three.”
+
+I stared in amazement at what he did. Catching up a long rope he wound
+it round the body of my dead comrade, and he tied a cloth round his
+mouth so as to almost cover his face.
+
+“Do you lie there!” he cried, and he laid me in the place of the dead
+body. “I have four of my men waiting, and they will place this upon the
+beacon.” He opened the door and gave an order. Several of the brigands
+entered and bore out Duplessis. For myself I remained upon the floor,
+with my mind in a turmoil of hope and wonder.
+
+Five minutes later de Pombal and his men were back.
+
+“You are laid upon the beacon,” said he; “I defy anyone in the world
+to say it is not you, and you are so gagged and bound that no one can
+expect you to speak or move. Now, it only remains to carry forth the
+body of Duplessis and to toss it over the Merodal precipice.”
+
+Two of them seized me by the head and two by the heels, and carried me,
+stiff and inert, from the hut. As I came into the open air I could have
+cried out in my amazement. The moon had risen above the beacon, and
+there, clear outlined against its silver light, was the figure of the
+man stretched upon the top. The brigands were either in their camp or
+standing round the beacon, for none of them stopped or questioned our
+little party. De Pombal led them in the direction of the precipice. At
+the brow we were out of sight, and there I was allowed to use my feet
+once more. De Pombal pointed to a narrow, winding track.
+
+“This is the way down,” said he, and then, suddenly,
+
+“Dios mio, what is that?”
+
+A terrible cry had risen out of the woods beneath us.
+
+I saw that de Pombal was shivering like a frightened horse.
+
+“It is that devil,” he whispered. “He is treating another as he treated
+me. But on, on, for Heaven help us if he lays his hands upon us.”
+
+One by one we crawled down the narrow goat track.
+
+At the bottom of the cliff we were back in the woods once more. Suddenly
+a yellow glare shone above us, and the black shadows of the tree-trunks
+started out in front.
+
+They had fired the beacon behind us. Even from where we stood we could
+see that impassive body amid the flames, and the black figures of the
+guerillas as they danced, howling like cannibals, round the pile. Ha!
+how I shook my fist at them, the dogs, and how I vowed that one day my
+Hussars and I would make the reckoning level!
+
+De Pombal knew how the outposts were placed and all the paths which led
+through the forest. But to avoid these villains we had to plunge among
+the hills and walk for many a weary mile. And yet how gladly would I
+have walked those extra leagues if only for one sight which they brought
+to my eyes! It may have been two o'clock in the morning when we halted
+upon the bare shoulder of a hill over which our path curled. Looking
+back we saw the red glow of the embers of the beacon as if volcanic
+fires were bursting from the tall peak of Merodal. And then, as I gazed,
+I saw something else--something which caused me to shriek with joy and
+to fall upon the ground, rolling in my delight. For, far away upon the
+southern horizon, there winked and twinkled one great yellow light,
+throbbing and flaming, the light of no house, the light of no star,
+but the answering beacon of Mount d'Ossa, which told that the army of
+Clausel knew what Etienne Gerard had been sent to tell them.
+
+
+
+
+V. How the Brigadier Triumphed in England
+
+I have told you, my friends, how I triumphed over the English at the
+fox-hunt when I pursued the animal so fiercely that even the herd of
+trained dogs was unable to keep up, and alone with my own hand I put him
+to the sword. Perhaps I have said too much of the matter, but there is
+a thrill in the triumphs of sport which even warfare cannot give, for in
+warfare you share your successes with your regiment and your army, but
+in sport it is you yourself unaided who have won the laurels. It is an
+advantage which the English have over us that in all classes they take
+great interest in every form of sport. It may be that they are richer
+than we, or it may be that they are more idle: but I was surprised when
+I was a prisoner in that country to observe how widespread was this
+feeling, and how much it filled the minds and the lives of the people. A
+horse that will run, a cock that will fight, a dog that will kill rats,
+a man that will box--they would turn away from the Emperor in all his
+glory in order to look upon any of these.
+
+I could tell you many stories of English sport, for I saw much of it
+during the time that I was the guest of Lord Rufton, after the order
+for my exchange had come to England. There were months before I could be
+sent back to France, and during this time I stayed with this good Lord
+Rufton at his beautiful house of High Combe, which is at the northern
+end of Dartmoor. He had ridden with the police when they had pursued
+me from Princetown, and he had felt toward me when I was overtaken as
+I would myself have felt had I, in my own country, seen a brave and
+debonair soldier without a friend to help him. In a word, he took me to
+his house, clad me, fed me, and treated me as if he had been my brother.
+I will say this of the English, that they were always generous enemies,
+and very good people with whom to fight.
+
+In the Peninsula the Spanish outposts would present their muskets at
+ours, but the British their brandy-flasks. And of all these generous men
+there was none who was the equal of this admirable milord, who held out
+so warm a hand to an enemy in distress.
+
+Ah! what thoughts of sport it brings back to me, the very name of High
+Combe! I can see it now, the long, low brick house, warm and ruddy, with
+white plaster pillars before the door. He was a great sportsman, this
+Lord Rufton, and all who were about him were of the same sort. But you
+will be pleased to hear that there were few things in which I could
+not hold my own, and in some I excelled. Behind the house was a wood in
+which pheasants were reared, and it was Lord Rufton's joy to kill these
+birds, which was done by sending in men to drive them out while he and
+his friends stood outside and shot them as they passed. For my part, I
+was more crafty, for I studied the habits of the bird, and stealing out
+in the evening I was able to kill a number of them as they roosted in
+the trees. Hardly a single shot was wasted, but the keeper was attracted
+by the sound of the firing, and he implored me in his rough English
+fashion to spare those that were left. That night I was able to place
+twelve birds as a surprise upon Lord Rufton's supper-table, and he
+laughed until he cried, so overjoyed was he to see them. “Gad, Gerard,
+you'll be the death of me yet!” he cried. Often he said the same thing,
+for at every turn I amazed him by the way in which I entered into the
+sports of the English.
+
+There is a game called cricket which they play in the summer, and this
+also I learned. Rudd, the head gardener, was a famous player of cricket,
+and so was Lord Rufton himself. Before the house was a lawn, and here
+it was that Rudd taught me the game. It is a brave pastime, a game for
+soldiers, for each tries to strike the other with the ball, and it is
+but a small stick with which you may ward it off. Three sticks behind
+show the spot beyond which you may not retreat. I can tell you that it
+is no game for children, and I will confess that, in spite of my nine
+campaigns, I felt myself turn pale when first the ball flashed past me.
+So swift was it that I had not time to raise my stick to ward it off,
+but by good fortune it missed me and knocked down the wooden pins which
+marked the boundary. It was for Rudd then to defend himself and for me
+to attack. When I was a boy in Gascony I learned to throw both far and
+straight, so that I made sure that I could hit this gallant Englishman.
+
+With a shout I rushed forward and hurled the ball at him. It flew as
+swift as a bullet toward his ribs, but without a word he swung his staff
+and the ball rose a surprising distance in the air. Lord Rufton clapped
+his hands and cheered. Again the ball was brought to me, and again it
+was for me to throw. This time it flew past his head, and it seemed to
+me that it was his turn to look pale.
+
+But he was a brave man, this gardener, and again he faced me. Ah, my
+friends, the hour of my triumph had come! It was a red waistcoat that
+he wore, and at this I hurled the ball. You would have said that I was
+a gunner, not a hussar, for never was so straight an aim. With a
+despairing cry--the cry of the brave man who is beaten--he fell upon the
+wooden pegs behind him, and they all rolled upon the ground together. He
+was cruel, this English milord, and he laughed so that he could not come
+to the aid of his servant. It was for me, the victor, to rush forward to
+embrace this intrepid player, and to raise him to his feet with words of
+praise, and encouragement, and hope. He was in pain and could not stand
+erect, yet the honest fellow confessed that there was no accident in my
+victory. “He did it a-purpose! He did it a-purpose!”
+
+Again and again he said it. Yes, it is a great game this cricket, and I
+would gladly have ventured upon it again but Lord Rufton and Rudd said
+that it was late in the season, and so they would play no more.
+
+How foolish of me, the old, broken man, to dwell upon these successes,
+and yet I will confess that my age has been very much soothed and
+comforted by the memory of the women who have loved me and the men whom
+I have overcome. It is pleasant to think that five years afterward, when
+Lord Rufton came to Paris after the peace, he was able to assure me that
+my name was still a famous one in the north of Devonshire for the fine
+exploits that I had performed. Especially, he said, they still talked
+over my boxing match with the Honourable Baldock. It came about in this
+way. Of an evening many sportsmen would assemble at the house of Lord
+Rufton, where they would drink much wine, make wild bets, and talk
+of their horses and their foxes. How well I remember those strange
+creatures. Sir Barrington, Jack Lupton, of Barnstable, Colonel Addison,
+Johnny Miller, Lord Sadler, and my enemy, the Honourable Baldock.
+They were of the same stamp all of them, drinkers, madcaps, fighters,
+gamblers, full of strange caprices and extraordinary whims. Yet they
+were kindly fellows in their rough fashion, save only this Baldock, a
+fat man, who prided himself on his skill at the box-fight. It was he
+who, by his laughter against the French because they were ignorant
+of sport, caused me to challenge him in the very sport at which he
+excelled. You will say that it was foolish, my friends, but the decanter
+had passed many times, and the blood of youth ran hot in my veins. I
+would fight him, this boaster; I would show him that if we had not skill
+at least we had courage. Lord Rufton would not allow it. I insisted. The
+others cheered me on and slapped me on the back. “No, dash it, Baldock,
+he's our guest,” said Rufton. “It's his own doing,” the other answered.
+“Look here, Rufton, they can't hurt each other if they wear the
+mawleys,” cried Lord Sadler. And so it was agreed.
+
+What the mawleys were I did not know, but presently they brought out
+four great puddings of leather, not unlike a fencing glove, but larger.
+With these our hands were covered after we had stripped ourselves of
+our coats and our waistcoats. Then the table, with the glasses and
+decanters, was pushed into the corner of the room, and behold us; face
+to face! Lord Sadler sat in the arm-chair with a watch in his open hand.
+“Time!” said he.
+
+I will confess to you, my friends, that I felt at that moment a tremor
+such as none of my many duels have ever given me. With sword or pistol
+I am at home, but here I only understood that I must struggle with this
+fat Englishman and do what I could, in spite of these great puddings
+upon my hands, to overcome him. And at the very outset I was disarmed
+of the best weapon that was left to me. “Mind, Gerard, no kicking!” said
+Lord Rufton in my ear. I had only a pair of thin dancing slippers, and
+yet the man was fat, and a few well-directed kicks might have left me
+the victor. But there is an etiquette just as there is in fencing, and
+I refrained. I looked at this Englishman and I wondered how I should
+attack him. His ears were large and prominent. Could I seize them I
+might drag him to the ground. I rushed in, but I was betrayed by this
+flabby glove, and twice I lost my hold. He struck me, but I cared little
+for his blows, and again I seized him by the ear. He fell, and I rolled
+upon him and thumped his head upon the ground.
+
+How they cheered and laughed, these gallant Englishmen, and how they
+clapped me on the back!
+
+“Even money on the Frenchman,” cried Lord Sadler.
+
+“He fights foul,” cried my enemy, rubbing his crimson ears. “He savaged
+me on the ground.”
+
+“You must take your chance of that,” said Lord Rufton, coldly.
+
+“Time!” cried Lord Sadler, and once again we advanced to the assault.
+
+He was flushed, and his small eyes were as vicious as those of a
+bull-dog. There was hatred on his face. For my part I carried myself
+lightly and gaily. A French gentleman fights but he does not hate. I
+drew myself up before him, and I bowed as I have done in the duello.
+
+There can be grace and courtesy as well as defiance in a bow; I put
+all three into this one, with a touch of ridicule in the shrug which
+accompanied it. It was at this moment that he struck me. The room spun
+round me. I fell upon my back. But in an instant I was on my feet again
+and had rushed to a close combat. His ear, his hair, his nose, I seized
+them each in turn. Once again the mad joy of the battle was in my veins.
+The old cry of triumph rose to my lips. “Vive l'Empereur!” I yelled as
+I drove my head into his stomach. He threw his arm round my neck, and
+holding me with one hand he struck me with the other. I buried my
+teeth in his arm, and he shouted with pain. “Call him off, Rufton!” he
+screamed.
+
+“Call him off, man! He's worrying me!” They dragged me away from him.
+Can I ever forget it?--the laughter, the cheering, the congratulations!
+Even my enemy bore me no ill-will, for he shook me by the hand. For my
+part I embraced him on each cheek. Five years afterward I learned from
+Lord Rufton that my noble bearing upon that evening was still fresh in
+the memory of my English friends.
+
+It is not, however, of my own exploits in sport that I wish to speak to
+you to-night, but it is of the Lady Jane Dacre and the strange adventure
+of which she was the cause. Lady Jane Dacre was Lord Rufton's sister and
+the lady of his household. I fear that until I came it was lonely for
+her, since she was a beautiful and refined woman with nothing in common
+with those who were about her. Indeed, this might be said of many
+women in the England of those days, for the men were rude and rough and
+coarse, with boorish habits and few accomplishments, while the women
+were the most lovely and tender that I have ever known. We became great
+friends, the Lady Jane and I, for it was not possible for me to drink
+three bottles of port after dinner like those Devonshire gentlemen, and
+so I would seek refuge in her drawing-room, where evening after evening
+she would play the harpsichord and I would sing the songs of my own
+land. In those peaceful moments I would find a refuge from the misery
+which filled me, when I reflected that my regiment was left in the front
+of the enemy without the chief whom they had learned to love and to
+follow.
+
+Indeed, I could have torn my hair when I read in the English papers of
+the fine fighting which was going on in Portugal and on the frontiers of
+Spain, all of which I had missed through my misfortune in falling into
+the hands of Milord Wellington.
+
+From what I have told you of the Lady Jane you will have guessed what
+occurred, my friends. Etienne Gerard is thrown into the company of a
+young and beautiful woman. What must it mean for him? What must it mean
+for her? It was not for me, the guest, the captive, to make love to the
+sister of my host. But I was reserved.
+
+I was discreet. I tried to curb my own emotions and to discourage hers.
+For my own part I fear that I betrayed myself, for the eye becomes more
+eloquent when the tongue is silent. Every quiver of my fingers as
+I turned over her music-sheets told her my secret. But she--she
+was admirable. It is in these matters that women have a genius for
+deception. If I had not penetrated her secret I should often have
+thought that she forgot even that I was in the house. For hours she
+would sit lost in a sweet melancholy, while I admired her pale face and
+her curls in the lamp-light, and thrilled within me to think that I had
+moved her so deeply. Then at last I would speak, and she would start
+in her chair and stare at me with the most admirable pretence of being
+surprised to find me in the room. Ah! how I longed to hurl myself
+suddenly at her feet, to kiss her white hand, to assure her that I had
+surprised her secret and that I would not abuse her confidence.
+
+But no, I was not her equal, and I was under her roof as a castaway
+enemy. My lips were sealed. I endeavoured to imitate her own wonderful
+affectation of indifference, but, as you may think? I was eagerly alert
+for any opportunity of serving her.
+
+One morning Lady Jane had driven in her phaeton to Okehampton, and I
+strolled along the road which led to that place in the hope that I might
+meet her on her return.
+
+It was the early winter, and banks of fading fern sloped down to the
+winding road. It is a bleak place this Dartmoor, wild and rocky--a
+country of wind and mist.
+
+I felt as I walked that it is no wonder Englishmen should suffer from
+the spleen. My own heart was heavy within me, and I sat upon a rock
+by the wayside looking out on the dreary view with my thoughts full of
+trouble and foreboding. Suddenly, however, as I glanced down the road,
+I saw a sight which drove everything else from my mind, and caused me to
+leap to my feet with a cry of astonishment and anger.
+
+Down the curve of the road a phaeton was coming, the pony tearing along
+at full gallop. Within was the very lady whom I had come to meet. She
+lashed at the pony like one who endeavours to escape from some pressing
+danger, glancing ever backward over her shoulder. The bend of the road
+concealed from me what it was that had alarmed her, and I ran forward
+not knowing what to expect.
+
+The next instant I saw the pursuer, and my amazement was increased at
+the sight. It was a gentleman in the red coat of an English fox-hunter,
+mounted on a great grey horse. He was galloping as if in a race, and the
+long stride of the splendid creature beneath him soon brought him up to
+the lady's flying carriage. I saw him stoop and seize the reins of the
+pony, so as to bring it to a halt. The next instant he was deep in talk
+with the lady, he bending forward in his saddle and speaking eagerly,
+she shrinking away from him as if she feared and loathed him.
+
+You may think, my dear friends, that this was not a sight at which
+I could calmly gaze. How my heart thrilled within me to think that a
+chance should have been given to me to serve the Lady Jane! I ran--oh,
+good Lord, how I ran! At last, breathless, speechless, I reached the
+phaeton. The man glanced up at me with his blue English eyes, but so
+deep was he in his talk that he paid no heed to me, nor did the lady say
+a word. She still leaned back, her beautiful pale face gazing up at him.
+He was a good-looking fellow--tall, and strong, and brown; a pang of
+jealousy seized me as I looked at him. He was talking low and fast, as
+the English do when they are in earnest.
+
+“I tell you, Jinny, it's you and only you that I love,” said he. “Don't
+bear malice, Jinny. Let by-gones be by-gones. Come now, say it's all
+over.”
+
+“No, never, George, never!” she cried.
+
+A dusky red suffused his handsome face. The man was furious.
+
+“Why can't you forgive me, Jinny?”
+
+“I can't forget the past.”
+
+“By George, you must! I've asked enough. It's time to order now. I'll
+have my rights, d'ye hear?” His hand closed upon her wrist.
+
+At last my breath had returned to me.
+
+“Madame,” I said, as I raised my hat, “do I intrude, or is there any
+possible way in which I can be of service to you?”
+
+But neither of them minded me any more than if I had been a fly who
+buzzed between them. Their eyes were locked together.
+
+“I'll have my rights, I tell you. I've waited long enough.”
+
+“There's no use bullying, George.”
+
+“Do you give in?”
+
+“No, never!”
+
+“Is that your final answer?”
+
+“Yes, it is.”
+
+He gave a bitter curse and threw down her hand.
+
+“All right, my lady, we'll see about this.”
+
+“Excuse me, sir!” said I, with dignity.
+
+“Oh, go to blazes!” he cried, turning on me with his furious face. The
+next instant he had spurred his horse and was galloping down the road
+once more.
+
+Lady Jane gazed after him until he was out of sight, and I was surprised
+to see that her face wore a smile and not a frown. Then she turned to me
+and held out her hand.
+
+“You are very kind, Colonel Gerard. You meant well, I am sure.”
+
+“Madame,” said I, “if you can oblige me with the gentleman's name and
+address I will arrange that he shall never trouble you again.”
+
+“No scandal, I beg of you,” she cried.
+
+“Madame, I could not so far forget myself. Rest assured that no lady's
+name would ever be mentioned by me in the course of such an incident.
+In bidding me to go to blazes this gentleman has relieved me from the
+embarrassment of having to invent a cause of quarrel.”
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” said the lady, earnestly, “you must give me your word
+as a soldier and a gentleman that this matter goes no farther, and
+also that you will say nothing to my brother about what you have seen.
+Promise me!”
+
+“If I must.”
+
+“I hold you to your word. Now drive with me to High Combe, and I will
+explain as we go.”
+
+The first words of her explanation went into me like a sabre-point.
+
+“That gentleman,” said she, “is my husband.”
+
+“Your husband!”
+
+“You must have known that I was married.” She seemed surprised at my
+agitation.
+
+“I did not know.”
+
+“This is Lord George Dacre. We have been married two years. There is no
+need to tell you how he wronged me. I left him and sought a refuge under
+my brother's roof. Up till to-day he has left me there unmolested. What
+I must above all things avoid is the chance of a duel betwixt my husband
+and my brother. It is horrible to think of. For this reason Lord Rufton
+must know nothing of this chance meeting of to-day.”
+
+“If my pistol could free you from this annoyance----”
+
+“No, no, it is not to be thought of. Remember your promise, Colonel
+Gerard. And not a word at High Combe of what you have seen!”
+
+Her husband! I had pictured in my mind that she was a young widow. This
+brown-faced brute with his “go to blazes” was the husband of this tender
+dove of a woman. Oh, if she would but allow me to free her from so
+odious an encumbrance! There is no divorce so quick and certain as that
+which I could give her. But a promise is a promise, and I kept it to the
+letter. My mouth was sealed.
+
+In a week I was to be sent back from Plymouth to St. Malo, and it seemed
+to me that I might never hear the sequel of the story. And yet it was
+destined that it should have a sequel and that I should play a very
+pleasing and honourable part in it.
+
+
+It was only three days after the event which I have described when Lord
+Rufton burst hurriedly into my room.
+
+His face was pale and his manner that of a man in extreme agitation.
+
+“Gerard,” he cried, “have you seen Lady Jane Dacre?”
+
+I had seen her after breakfast and it was now mid-day.
+
+“By Heaven, there's villainy here!” cried my poor friend, rushing about
+like a madman. “The bailiff has been up to say that a chaise and pair
+were seen driving full split down the Tavistock Road. The blacksmith
+heard a woman scream as it passed his forge. Jane has disappeared. By
+the Lord, I believe that she has been kidnapped by this villain Dacre.”
+ He rang the bell furiously. “Two horses, this instant!” he cried.
+“Colonel Gerard, your pistols! Jane comes back with me this night from
+Gravel Hanger or there will be a new master in High Combe Hall.”
+
+Behold us then within half an hour, like two knight-errants of old,
+riding forth to the rescue of this lady in distress. It was near
+Tavistock that Lord Dacre lived, and at every house and toll-gate along
+the road we heard the news of the flying post-chaise in front of us, so
+there could be no doubt whither they were bound. As we rode Lord Rufton
+told me of the man whom we were pursuing.
+
+His name, it seems, was a household word throughout all England for
+every sort of mischief. Wine, women, dice, cards, racing--in all forms
+of debauchery he had earned for himself a terrible name. He was of an
+old and noble family, and it had been hoped that he had sowed his wild
+oats when he married the beautiful Lady Jane Rufton.
+
+For some months he had indeed behaved well, and then he had wounded her
+feelings in their most tender part by some unworthy liaison. She had
+fled from his house and taken refuge with her brother, from whose care
+she had now been dragged once more, against her will. I ask you if two
+men could have had a fairer errand than that upon which Lord Rufton and
+myself were riding.
+
+“That's Gravel Hanger,” he cried at last, pointing with his crop, and
+there on the green side of a hill was an old brick and timber building
+as beautiful as only an English country-house can be. “There's an inn by
+the park-gate, and there we shall leave our horses,” he added.
+
+For my own part it seemed to me that with so just a cause we should have
+done best to ride boldly up to his door and summon him to surrender the
+lady. But there I was wrong. For the one thing which every Englishman
+fears is the law. He makes it himself, and when he has once made it it
+becomes a terrible tyrant before whom the bravest quails. He will smile
+at breaking his neck, but he will turn pale at breaking the law. It
+seems, then, from what Lord Rufton told me as we walked through the
+park, that we were on the wrong side of the law in this matter. Lord
+Dacre was in the right in carrying off his wife, since she did indeed
+belong to him, and our own position now was nothing better than that of
+burglars and trespassers. It was not for burglars to openly approach the
+front door. We could take the lady by force or by craft, but we could
+not take her by right, for the law was against us. This was what my
+friend explained to me as we crept up toward the shelter of a shrubbery
+which was close to the windows of the house. Thence we could examine
+this fortress, see whether we could effect a lodgment in it, and, above
+all, try to establish some communication with the beautiful prisoner
+inside.
+
+There we were, then, in the shrubbery, Lord Rufton and I, each with a
+pistol in the pockets of our riding coats, and with the most resolute
+determination in our hearts that we should not return without the lady.
+
+Eagerly we scanned every window of the wide-spread house.
+
+Not a sign could we see of the prisoner or of anyone else; but on the
+gravel drive outside the door were the deep-sunk marks of the wheels of
+the chaise. There was no doubt that they had arrived. Crouching among
+the laurel bushes we held a whispered council of wary but a singular
+interruption brought it to an end.
+
+Out of the door of the house there stepped a tall, flaxen-haired man,
+such a figure as one would choose for the flank of a Grenadier company.
+As he turned his brown face and his blue eyes toward us I recognised
+Lord Dacre.
+
+With long strides he came down the gravel path straight for the spot
+where we lay.
+
+“Come out, Ned!” he shouted; “you'll have the game-keeper putting a
+charge of shot into you. Come out, man, and don't skulk behind the
+bushes.”
+
+It was not a very heroic situation for us. My poor friend rose with a
+crimson face. I sprang to my feet also and bowed with such dignity as I
+could muster.
+
+“Halloa! it's the Frenchman, is it?” said he, without returning my bow.
+“I've got a crow to pluck with him already. As to you, Ned, I knew you
+would be hot on our scent, and so I was looking out for you. I saw you
+cross the park and go to ground in the shrubbery. Come in, man, and let
+us have all the cards on the table.”
+
+He seemed master of the situation, this handsome giant of a man,
+standing at his ease on his own ground while we slunk out of our
+hiding-place. Lord Rufton had said not a word, but I saw by his darkened
+brow and his sombre eyes that the storm was gathering. Lord Dacre led
+the way into the house, and we followed close at his heels.
+
+He ushered us himself into an oak-panelled sitting-room, closing the
+door behind us. Then he looked me up and down with insolent eyes.
+
+“Look here, Ned,” said he, “time was when an English family could settle
+their own affairs in their own way. What has this foreign fellow got to
+do with your sister and my wife?”
+
+“Sir,” said I, “permit me to point out to you that this is not a case
+merely of a sister or a wife, but that I am the friend of the lady in
+question, and that I have the privilege which every gentleman possesses
+of protecting a woman against brutality. It is only by a gesture that I
+can show you what I think of you.” I had my riding glove in my hand, and
+I flicked him across the face with it. He drew back with a bitter smile
+and his eyes were as hard as flint.
+
+“So you've brought your bully with you, Ned?” said he. “You might at
+least have done your fighting yourself, if it must come to a fight.”
+
+“So I will,” cried Lord Rufton. “Here and now.”
+
+“When I've killed this swaggering Frenchman,” said Lord Dacre. He
+stepped to a side table and opened a brass-bound case. “By Gad,” said
+he, “either that man or I go out of this room feet foremost. I meant
+well by you, Ned; I did, by George, but I'll shoot this led-captain of
+yours as sure as my name's George Dacre. Take your choice of pistols,
+sir, and shoot across this table. The barkers are loaded. Aim straight
+and kill me if you can, for by the Lord if you don't, you're done.”
+
+In vain Lord Rufton tried to take the quarrel upon himself. Two things
+were clear in my mind--one that the Lady Jane had feared above all
+things that her husband and brother should fight, the other that if I
+could but kill this big milord, then the whole question would be settled
+forever in the best way. Lord Rufton did not want him. Lady Jane did not
+want him. Therefore, I, Etienne Gerard, their friend, would pay the debt
+of gratitude which I owed them by freeing them of this encumbrance. But,
+indeed, there was no choice in the matter, for Lord Dacre was as eager
+to put a bullet into me as I could be to do the same service to him. In
+vain Lord Rufton argued and scolded. The affair must continue.
+
+“Well, if you must fight my guest instead of myself, let it be to-morrow
+morning with two witnesses,” he cried, at last; “this is sheer murder
+across the table.”
+
+“But it suits my humour, Ned,” said Lord Dacre.
+
+“And mine, sir,” said I.
+
+“Then I'll have nothing to do with it,” cried Lord Rufton. “I tell you,
+George, if you shoot Colonel Gerard under these circumstances you'll
+find yourself in the dock instead of on the bench. I won't act as
+second, and that's flat.”
+
+“Sir,” said I, “I am perfectly prepared to proceed without a second.”
+
+“That won't do. It's against the law,” cried Lord Dacre. “Come, Ned,
+don't be a fool. You see we mean to fight. Hang it, man, all I want you
+to do is to drop a handkerchief.”
+
+“I'll take no part in it.”
+
+“Then I must find someone who will,” said Lord Dacre.
+
+He threw a cloth over the pistols which lay upon the table, and he rang
+the bell. A footman entered. “Ask Colonel Berkeley if he will step this
+way. You will find him in the billiard-room.”
+
+A moment later there entered a tall thin Englishman with a great
+moustache, which was a rare thing amid that clean-shaven race. I have
+heard since that they were worn only by the Guards and the Hussars. This
+Colonel Berkeley was a guardsman. He seemed a strange, tired, languid,
+drawling creature with a long black cigar thrusting out, like a pole
+from a bush, amidst that immense moustache. He looked from one to the
+other of us with true English phlegm, and he betrayed not the slightest
+surprise when he was told our intention.
+
+“Quite so,” said he; “quite so.”
+
+“I refuse to act, Colonel Berkeley,” cried Lord Rufton.
+
+“Remember, this duel cannot proceed without you, and I hold you
+personally responsible for anything that happens.”
+
+This Colonel Berkeley appeared to be an authority upon the question,
+for he removed the cigar from his mouth and he laid down the law in his
+strange, drawling voice.
+
+“The circumstances are unusual but not irregular, Lord Rufton,” said he.
+“This gentleman has given a blow and this other gentleman has received
+it. That is a clear issue. Time and conditions depend upon the person
+who demands satisfaction. Very good. He claims it here and now, across
+the table. He is acting within his rights. I am prepared to accept the
+responsibility.”
+
+There was nothing more to be said. Lord Rufton sat moodily in the corner
+with his brows drawn down and his hands thrust deep into the pockets of
+his riding-breeches.
+
+Colonel Berkeley examined the two pistols and laid them both in the
+centre of the table. Lord Dacre was at one end and I at the other, with
+eight feet of shining mahogany between us. On the hearth-rug with his
+back to the fire, stood the tall colonel, his handkerchief in his left
+hand, his cigar between two fingers of his right.
+
+“When I drop the handkerchief,” said he, “you will pick up your pistols
+and you will fire at your own convenience. Are you ready?”
+
+“Yes,” we cried.
+
+His hand opened and the handkerchief fell. I bent swiftly forward and
+seized a pistol, but the table, as I have said, was eight feet across,
+and it was easier for this long-armed milord to reach the pistols than
+it was for me.
+
+I had not yet drawn myself straight before he fired, and to this it was
+that I owe my life. His bullet would have blown out my brains had I been
+erect. As it was it whistled through my curls. At the same instant, just
+as I threw up my own pistol to fire, the door flew open and a pair of
+arms were thrown round me. It was the beautiful, flushed, frantic face
+of Lady Jane which looked up into mine.
+
+“You sha'n't fire! Colonel Gerard, for my sake don't fire,” she cried.
+“It is a mistake, I tell you, a mistake, a mistake! He is the best and
+dearest of husbands. Never again shall I leave his side.” Her hands slid
+down my arm and closed upon my pistol.
+
+“Jane, Jane,” cried Lord Rufton; “come with me. You should not be here.
+Come away.”
+
+“It is all confoundedly irregular,” said Colonel Berkeley.
+
+“Colonel Gerard, you won't fire, will you? My heart would break if he
+were hurt.”
+
+“Hang it all, Jinny, give the fellow fair play,” cried Lord Dacre. “He
+stood my fire like a man, and I won't see him interfered with. Whatever
+happens I can't get worse than I deserve.”
+
+But already there had passed between me and the lady a quick glance of
+the eyes which told her everything.
+
+Her hands slipped from my arm. “I leave my husband's life and my own
+happiness to Colonel Gerard,” said she.
+
+How well she knew me, this admirable woman! I stood for an instant
+irresolute, with the pistol cocked in my hand. My antagonist faced me
+bravely, with no blenching of his sunburnt face and no flinching of his
+bold, blue eyes.
+
+“Come, come, sir, take your shot!” cried the colonel from the mat.
+
+“Let us have it, then,” said Lord Dacre.
+
+I would, at least, show them how completely his life was at the mercy of
+my skill. So much I owed to my own self-respect. I glanced round for a
+mark. The colonel was looking toward my antagonist, expecting to see him
+drop. His face was sideways to me, his long cigar projecting from his
+lips with an inch of ash at the end of it.
+
+Quick as a flash I raised my pistol and fired.
+
+“Permit me to trim your ash, sir,” said I, and I bowed with a grace
+which is unknown among these islanders.
+
+I am convinced that the fault lay with the pistol and not with my aim.
+I could hardly believe my own eyes when I saw that I had snapped off the
+cigar within half an inch of his lips. He stood staring at me with the
+ragged stub of the cigar-end sticking out from his singed mustache. I
+can see him now with his foolish, angry eyes and his long, thin, puzzled
+face. Then he began to talk. I have always said that the English are not
+really a phlegmatic or a taciturn nation if you stir them out of their
+groove. No one could have talked in a more animated way than this
+colonel. Lady Jane put her hands over her ears.
+
+“Come, come, Colonel Berkeley,” said Lord Dacre, sternly, “you forget
+yourself. There is a lady in the room.”
+
+The colonel gave a stiff bow.
+
+“If Lady Dacre will kindly leave the room,” said he,
+
+“I will be able to tell this infernal little Frenchman what I think of
+him and his monkey tricks.”
+
+I was splendid at that moment, for I ignored the words that he had said
+and remembered only the extreme provocation.
+
+“Sir,” said I, “I freely offer you my apologies for this unhappy
+incident. I felt that if I did not discharge my pistol Lord Dacre's
+honour might feel hurt, and yet it was quite impossible for me, after
+hearing what this lady has said, to aim it at her husband. I looked
+round for a mark, therefore, and I had the extreme misfortune to blow
+your cigar out of your mouth when my intention had merely been to snuff
+the ash. I was betrayed by my pistol. This is my explanation, sir,
+and if after listening to my apologies you still feel that I owe you
+satisfaction, I need not say that it is a request which I am unable to
+refuse.”
+
+It was certainly a charming attitude which I had assumed, and it won the
+hearts of all of them. Lord Dacre stepped forward and wrung me by the
+hand. “By George, sir,” said he, “I never thought to feel toward a
+Frenchman as I do to you. You're a man and a gentleman, and I can't say
+more.” Lord Rufton said nothing, but his hand-grip told me all that he
+thought. Even Colonel Berkeley paid me a compliment, and declared that
+he would think no more about the unfortunate cigar.
+
+And she--ah, if you could have seen the look she gave me, the flushed
+cheek, the moist eye, the tremulous lip!
+
+When I think of my beautiful Lady Jane it is at that moment that
+I recall her. They would have had me stay to dinner, but you will
+understand, my friends, that this was no time for either Lord Rufton or
+myself to remain at Gravel Hanger. This reconciled couple desired
+only to be alone. In the chaise he had persuaded her of his sincere
+repentance, and once again they were a loving husband and wife. If they
+were to remain so it was best perhaps that I should go. Why should I
+unsettle this domestic peace? Even against my own will my mere presence
+and appearance might have their effect upon the lady. No, no, I must
+tear myself away--even her persuasions were unable to make me stop.
+Years afterward I heard that the household of the Dacres was among the
+happiest in the whole country, and that no cloud had ever come again to
+darken their lives. Yet I dare say if he could have seen into his wife's
+mind--but there, I say no more! A lady's secret is her own, and I fear
+that she and it are buried long years ago in some Devonshire churchyard.
+Perhaps all that gay circle are gone and the Lady Jane only lives now
+in the memory of an old half-pay French brigadier. He at least can never
+forget.
+
+
+
+
+VI. How the Brigadier Rode to Minsk
+
+I would have a stronger wine to-night, my friends, a wine of Burgundy
+rather than of Bordeaux. It is that my heart, my old soldier heart, is
+heavy within me. It is a strange thing, this age which creeps upon one.
+One does not know, one does not understand; the spirit is ever the same,
+and one does not remember how the poor body crumbles. But there comes a
+moment when it is brought home, when quick as the sparkle of a whirling
+sabre it is clear to us, and we see the men we were and the men we
+are. Yes, yes, it was so to-day, and I would have a wine of Burgundy
+to-night. White Burgundy--Montrachet--Sir, I am your debtor!
+
+It was this morning in the Champ de Mars. Your pardon, friends, while
+an old man tells his trouble. You saw the review. Was it not splendid? I
+was in the enclosure for veteran officers who have been decorated.
+
+This ribbon on my breast was my passport. The cross itself I keep at
+home in a leathern pouch. They did us honour, for we were placed at the
+saluting point, with the Emperor and the carriages of the Court upon our
+right.
+
+It is years since I have been to a review, for I cannot approve of many
+things which I have seen. I do not approve of the red breeches of the
+infantry. It was in white breeches that the infantry used to fight. Red
+is for the cavalry. A little more, and they would ask our busbies and
+our spurs! Had I been seen at a review they might well have said that I,
+Etienne Gerard, had condoned it. So I have stayed at home. But this war
+of the Crimea is different. The men go to battle.
+
+It is not for me to be absent when brave men gather.
+
+My faith, they march well, those little infantrymen!
+
+They are not large, but they are very solid and they carry themselves
+well. I took off my hat to them as they passed. Then there came the
+guns. They were good guns, well horsed and well manned. I took off my
+hat to them. Then came the Engineers, and to them also I took off my
+hat. There are no braver men than the Engineers. Then came the cavalry,
+Lancers, Cuirassiers, Chasseurs, and Spahis. To all of them in turn I
+was able to take off my hat, save only to the Spahis.
+
+The Emperor had no Spahis. But when all of the others had passed, what
+think you came at the close? A brigade of Hussars, and at the charge!
+
+Oh, my friends, the pride and the glory and the beauty, the flash and
+the sparkle, the roar of the hoofs and the jingle of chains, the tossing
+manes, the noble heads, the rolling cloud, and the dancing waves of
+steel! My heart drummed to them as they passed. And the last of all,
+was it not my own old regiment? My eyes fell upon the grey and silver
+dolmans, with the leopard-skin shabraques, and at that instant the years
+fell away from me and I saw my own beautiful men and horses, even as
+they had swept behind their young colonel, in the pride of our youth and
+our strength, just forty years ago. Up flew my cane. “Chargez! En avant!
+Vive l'Empereur!”
+
+It was the past calling to the present. But oh, what a thin, piping
+voice! Was this the voice that had once thundered from wing to wing of
+a strong brigade? And the arm that could scarce wave a cane, were these
+the muscles of fire and steel which had no match in all Napoleon's
+mighty host? They smiled at me. They cheered me. The Emperor laughed and
+bowed. But to me the present was a dim dream, and what was real were my
+eight hundred dead Hussars and the Etienne of long ago.
+
+Enough--a brave man can face age and fate as he faced Cossacks and
+Uhlans. But there are times when Montrachet is better than the wine of
+Bordeaux.
+
+It is to Russia that they go, and so I will tell you a story of Russia.
+Ah, what an evil dream of the night it seems! Blood and ice. Ice and
+blood. Fierce faces with snow upon the whiskers. Blue hands held out
+for succour. And across the great white plain the one long black line
+of moving figures, trudging, trudging, a hundred miles, another hundred,
+and still always the same white plain. Sometimes there were fir-woods
+to limit it, sometimes it stretched away to the cold blue sky, but the
+black line stumbled on and on. Those weary, ragged, starving men, the
+spirit frozen out of them, looked neither to right nor left, but with
+sunken faces and rounded backs trailed onward and ever onward, making
+for France as wounded beasts make for their lair. There was no speaking,
+and you could scarce hear the shuffle of feet in the snow. Once only I
+heard them laugh. It was outside Wilna, when an aide-de-camp rode up to
+the head of that dreadful column and asked if that were the Grand Army.
+All who were within hearing looked round, and when they saw those broken
+men, those ruined regiments, those fur-capped skeletons who were once
+the Guard, they laughed, and the laugh crackled down the column like a
+feu de joie. I have heard many a groan and cry and scream in my life,
+but nothing so terrible as the laugh of the Grand Army.
+
+But why was it that these helpless men were not destroyed by the
+Russians? Why was it that they were not speared by the Cossacks or
+herded into droves, and driven as prisoners into the heart of Russia? On
+every side as you watched the black snake winding over the snow you
+saw also dark, moving shadows which came and went like cloud drifts on
+either flank and behind. They were the Cossacks, who hung round us like
+wolves round the flock.
+
+But the reason why they did not ride in upon us was that all the ice of
+Russia could not cool the hot hearts of some of our soldiers. To the end
+there were always those who were ready to throw themselves between these
+savages and their prey. One man above all rose greater as the danger
+thickened, and won a higher name amid disaster than he had done when he
+led our van to victory. To him I drink this glass--to Ney, the red-maned
+Lion, glaring back over his shoulder at the enemy who feared to tread
+too closely on his heels. I can see him now, his broad white face
+convulsed with fury, his light blue eyes sparkling like flints, his
+great voice roaring and crashing amid the roll of the musketry. His
+glazed and featherless cocked hat was the ensign upon which France
+rallied during those dreadful days.
+
+It is well known that neither I nor the regiment of Hussars of Conflans
+were at Moscow. We were left behind on the lines of communication
+at Borodino. How the Emperor could have advanced without us is
+incomprehensible to me, and, indeed, it was only then that I understood
+that his judgment was weakening and that he was no longer the man that
+he had been. However, a soldier has to obey orders, and so I remained
+at this village, which was poisoned by the bodies of thirty thousand men
+who had lost their lives in the great battle. I spent the late autumn in
+getting my horses into condition and reclothing my men, so that when the
+army fell back on Borodino my Hussars were the best of the cavalry, and
+were placed under Ney in the rear-guard.
+
+What could he have done without us during those dreadful days? “Ah,
+Gerard,” said he one evening--but it is not for me to repeat the words.
+Suffice it that he spoke what the whole army felt. The rear-guard
+covered the army and the Hussars of Conflans covered the rear-guard.
+There was the whole truth in a sentence.
+
+Always the Cossacks were on us. Always we held them off. Never a day
+passed that we had not to wipe our sabres. That was soldiering indeed.
+
+But there came a time between Wilna and Smolensk when the situation
+became impossible. Cossacks and even cold we could fight, but we could
+not fight hunger as well. Food must be got at all costs. That night Ney
+sent for me to the waggon in which he slept. His great head was sunk on
+his hands. Mind and body he was wearied to death.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” said he, “things are going very badly with us. The men
+are starving. We must have food at all costs.”
+
+“The horses,” I suggested.
+
+“Save your handful of cavalry; there are none left.”
+
+“The band,” said I.
+
+He laughed, even in his despair.
+
+“Why the band?” he asked.
+
+“Fighting men are of value.”
+
+“Good,” said he. “You would play the game down to the last card and so
+would I. Good, Gerard, good!”
+
+He clasped my hand in his. “But there is one chance for us yet, Gerard.”
+ He unhooked a lantern from the roof of the waggon and he laid it on
+a map which was stretched before him. “To the south of us,” said he,
+“there lies the town of Minsk. I have word from a Russian deserter that
+much corn has been stored in the town-hall. I wish you to take as many
+men as you think best, set forth for Minsk, seize the corn, load any
+carts which you may collect in the town, and bring them to me between
+here and Smolensk. If you fail it is but a detachment cut off. If you
+succeed it is new life to the army.”
+
+He had not expressed himself well, for it was evident that if we failed
+it was not merely the loss of a detachment. It is quality as well as
+quantity which counts.
+
+And yet how honourable a mission and how glorious a risk! If mortal men
+could bring it, then the corn should come from Minsk. I said so, and
+spoke a few burning words about a brave man's duty until the Marshal was
+so moved that he rose and, taking me affectionately by the shoulders,
+pushed me out of the waggon.
+
+It was clear to me that in order to succeed in my enterprise I should
+take a small force and depend rather upon surprise than upon numbers.
+A large body could not conceal itself, would have great difficulty in
+getting food, and would cause all the Russians around us to concentrate
+for its certain destruction. On the other hand, if a small body of
+cavalry could get past the Cossacks unseen it was probable that they
+would find no troops to oppose them, for we knew that the main Russian
+army was several days' march behind us. This corn was meant, no doubt,
+for their consumption. A squadron of Hussars and thirty Polish Lancers
+were all whom I chose for the venture. That very night we rode out of
+the camp, and struck south in the direction of Minsk.
+
+Fortunately there was but a half moon, and we were able to pass without
+being attacked by the enemy. Twice we saw great fires burning amid the
+snow, and around them a thick bristle of long poles. These were the
+lances of Cossacks, which they had stood upright while they slept. It
+would have been a great joy to us to have charged in amongst them, for
+we had much to revenge, and the eyes of my comrades looked longingly
+from me to those red flickering patches in the darkness. My faith, I was
+sorely tempted to do it, for it would have been a good lesson to teach
+them that they must keep a few miles between themselves and a French
+army. It is the essence of good generalship, however, to keep one thing
+before one at a time, and so we rode silently on through the snow,
+leaving these Cossack bivouacs to right and left. Behind us the black
+sky was all mottled with a line of flame which showed where our own poor
+wretches were trying to keep themselves alive for another day of misery
+and starvation.
+
+All night we rode slowly onward, keeping our horses' tails to the Pole
+Star. There were many tracks in the snow, and we kept to the line of
+these, that no one might remark that a body of cavalry had passed that
+way.
+
+These are the little precautions which mark the experienced officer.
+Besides, by keeping to the tracks we were most likely to find the
+villages, and only in the villages could we hope to get food. The dawn
+of day found us in a thick fir-wood, the trees so loaded with snow that
+the light could hardly reach us. When we had found our way out of it it
+was full daylight, the rim of the rising sun peeping over the edge of
+the great snow-plain and turning it crimson from end to end. I halted
+my Hussars and Lancers under the shadow of the wood, and I studied
+the country. Close to us there was a small farm-house. Beyond, at the
+distance of several miles, was a village. Far away on the sky-line
+rose a considerable town all bristling with church towers. This must be
+Minsk. In no direction could I see any signs of troops. It was evident
+that we had passed through the Cossacks and that there was nothing
+between us and our goal. A joyous shout burst from my men when I told
+them our position, and we advanced rapidly toward the village.
+
+I have said, however, that there was a small farm-house immediately in
+front of us. As we rode up to it I observed that a fine grey horse
+with a military saddle was tethered by the door. Instantly I galloped
+forward, but before I could reach it a man dashed out of the door, flung
+himself on to the horse, and rode furiously away, the crisp, dry snow
+flying up in a cloud behind him. The sunlight gleamed upon his gold
+epaulettes, and I knew that he was a Russian officer. He would raise the
+whole country-side if we did not catch him. I put spurs to Violette and
+flew after him. My troopers followed; but there was no horse among them
+to compare with Violette, and I knew well that if I could not catch the
+Russian I need expect no help from them.
+
+But it is a swift horse indeed and a skilful rider who can hope to
+escape from Violette with Etienne Gerard in the saddle. He rode well,
+this young Russian, and his mount was a good one, but gradually we wore
+him down.
+
+His face glanced continually over his shoulder--dark, handsome face,
+with eyes like an eagle--and I saw as I closed with him that he was
+measuring the distance between us. Suddenly he half turned; there were a
+flash and a crack as his pistol bullet hummed past my ear.
+
+Before he could draw his sword I was upon him; but he still spurred
+his horse, and the two galloped together over the plain, I with my leg
+against the Russian's and my left hand upon his right shoulder. I saw
+his hand fly up to his mouth. Instantly I dragged him across my pommel
+and seized him by the throat, so that he could not swallow. His horse
+shot from under him, but I held him fast and Violette came to a stand.
+Sergeant Oudin of the Hussars was the first to join us. He was an old
+soldier, and he saw at a glance what I was after.
+
+“Hold tight, Colonel,” said he, “I'll do the rest.”
+
+He slipped out his knife, thrust the blade between the clenched teeth of
+the Russian, and turned it so as to force his mouth open. There, on his
+tongue, was the little wad of wet paper which he had been so anxious to
+swallow. Oudin picked it out and I let go of the man's throat. From the
+way in which, half strangled as he was, he glanced at the paper I was
+sure that it was a message of extreme importance. His hands twitched as
+if he longed to snatch it from me. He shrugged his shoulders, however,
+and smiled good-humouredly when I apologised for my roughness.
+
+“And now to business,” said I, when he had done coughing and hawking.
+“What is your name?”
+
+“Alexis Barakoff.”
+
+“Your rank and regiment?”
+
+“Captain of the Dragoons of Grodno.”
+
+“What is this note which you were carrying?”
+
+“It is a line which I had written to my sweetheart.”
+
+“Whose name,” said I, examining the address, “is the Hetman Platoff.
+Come, come, sir, this is an important military document, which you are
+carrying from one general to another. Tell me this instant what it is.”
+
+“Read it and then you will know.” He spoke perfect French, as do most
+of the educated Russians. But he knew well that there is not one French
+officer in a thousand who knows a word of Russian. The inside of the
+note contained one single line, which ran like this:--
+
+“Pustj Franzuzy pridutt v Minsk. Min gotovy.”
+
+I stared at it, and I had to shake my head. Then I showed it to my
+Hussars, but they could make nothing of it. The Poles were all rough
+fellows who could not read or write, save only the sergeant, who came
+from Memel, in East Prussia, and knew no Russian. It was maddening, for
+I felt that I had possession of some important secret upon which the
+safety of the army might depend, and yet I could make no sense of it.
+Again I entreated our prisoner to translate it, and offered him his
+freedom if he would do so. He only smiled at my request.
+
+I could not but admire him, for it was the very smile which I should
+have myself smiled had I been in his position.
+
+“At least,” said I, “tell us the name of this village.”
+
+“It is Dobrova.”
+
+“And that is Minsk over yonder, I suppose.”
+
+“Yes, that is Minsk.”
+
+“Then we shall go to the village and we shall very soon find some one
+who will translate this despatch.”
+
+So we rode onward together, a trooper with his carbine unslung on either
+side of our prisoner. The village was but a little place, and I set a
+guard at the ends of the single street, so that no one could escape from
+it. It was necessary to call a halt and to find some food for the men
+and horses, since they had travelled all night and had a long journey
+still before them.
+
+There was one large stone house in the centre of the village, and to
+this I rode. It was the house of the priest--a snuffy and ill-favoured
+old man who had not a civil answer to any of our questions. An uglier
+fellow I never met, but, my faith, it was very different with his only
+daughter, who kept house for him. She was a brunette, a rare thing in
+Russia, with creamy skin, raven hair, and a pair of the most glorious
+dark eyes that ever kindled at the sight of a Hussar. From the first
+glance I saw that she was mine. It was no time for love-making when
+a soldier's duty had to be done, but still, as I took the simple meal
+which they laid before me, I chatted lightly with the lady, and we were
+the best of friends before an hour had passed. Sophie was her first
+name, her second I never knew. I taught her to call me Etienne, and I
+tried to cheer her up, for her sweet face was sad and there were tears
+in her beautiful dark eyes. I pressed her to tell me what it was which
+was grieving her.
+
+“How can I be otherwise,” said she, speaking French with a most adorable
+lisp, “when one of my poor countrymen is a prisoner in your hands? I saw
+him between two of your Hussars as you rode into the village.”
+
+“It is the fortune of war,” said I. “His turn to-day; mine, perhaps,
+to-morrow.”
+
+“But consider, Monsieur--” said she.
+
+“Etienne,” said I.
+
+“Oh, Monsieur----”
+
+“Etienne,” said I.
+
+“Well, then,” she cried, beautifully flushed and desperate, “consider,
+Etienne, that this young officer will be taken back to your army and
+will be starved or frozen, for if, as I hear, your own soldiers have a
+hard march, what will be the lot of a prisoner?”
+
+I shrugged my shoulders.
+
+“You have a kind face, Etienne,” said she; “you would not condemn this
+poor man to certain death. I entreat you to let him go.”
+
+Her delicate hand rested upon my sleeve, her dark eyes looked
+imploringly into mine.
+
+A sudden thought passed through my mind. I would grant her request, but
+I would demand a favour in return.
+
+At my order the prisoner was brought up into the room.
+
+“Captain Barakoff,” said I, “this young lady has begged me to release
+you, and I am inclined to do so. I would ask you to give your parole
+that you will remain in this dwelling for twenty-four hours, and take no
+steps to inform anyone of our movements.”
+
+“I will do so,” said he.
+
+“Then I trust in your honour. One man more or less can make no
+difference in a struggle between great armies, and to take you back as
+a prisoner would be to condemn you to death. Depart, sir, and show your
+gratitude not to me, but to the first French officer who falls into your
+hands.”
+
+When he was gone I drew my paper from my pocket.
+
+“Now, Sophie,” said I, “I have done what you asked me, and all that I
+ask in return is that you will give me a lesson in Russian.”
+
+“With all my heart,” said she.
+
+“Let us begin on this,” said I, spreading out the paper before her. “Let
+us take it word for word and see what it means.”
+
+She looked at the writing with some surprise. “It means,” said she, “if
+the French come to Minsk all is lost.” Suddenly a look of consternation
+passed over her beautiful face. “Great Heavens!” she cried, “what is it
+that I have done? I have betrayed my country! Oh, Etienne, your eyes are
+the last for whom this message is meant. How could you be so cunning as
+to make a poor, simple-minded, and unsuspecting girl betray the cause of
+her country?”
+
+I consoled my poor Sophie as best I might, and I assured her that it was
+no reproach to her that she should be outwitted by so old a campaigner
+and so shrewd a man as myself. But it was no time now for talk. This
+message made it clear that the corn was indeed at Minsk, and that there
+were no troops there to defend it. I gave a hurried order from the
+window, the trumpeter blew the assembly, and in ten minutes we had left
+the village behind us and were riding hard for the city, the gilded
+domes and minarets of which glimmered above the snow of the horizon.
+Higher they rose and higher, until at last, as the sun sank toward the
+west, we were in the broad main street, and galloped up it amid the
+shouts of the moujiks and the cries of frightened women until we found
+ourselves in front of the great town-hall. My cavalry I drew up in the
+square, and I, with my two sergeants, Oudin and Papilette, rushed into
+the building.
+
+Heavens! shall I ever forget the sight which greeted us? Right in front
+of us was drawn up a triple line of Russian Grenadiers. Their muskets
+rose as we entered, and a crashing volley burst into our very faces.
+Oudin and Papilette dropped upon the floor, riddled with bullets.
+
+For myself, my busby was shot away and I had two holes through my
+dolman. The Grenadiers ran at me with their bayonets. “Treason!” I
+cried. “We are betrayed! Stand to your horses!” I rushed out of the
+hall, but the whole square was swarming with troops.
+
+From every side street Dragoons and Cossacks were riding down upon us,
+and such a rolling fire had burst from the surrounding houses that half
+my men and horses were on the ground. “Follow me!” I yelled, and sprang
+upon Violette, but a giant of a Russian Dragoon officer threw his arms
+round me and we rolled on the ground together.
+
+He shortened his sword to kill me, but, changing his mind, he seized
+me by the throat and banged my head against the stones until I was
+unconscious. So it was that I became the prisoner of the Russians.
+
+When I came to myself my only regret was that my captor had not beaten
+out my brains. There in the grand square of Minsk lay half my troopers
+dead or wounded, with exultant crowds of Russians gathered round them.
+
+The rest in a melancholy group were herded into the porch of the
+town-hall, a sotnia of Cossacks keeping guard over them. Alas! what
+could I say, what could I do? It was evident that I had led my men into
+a carefully-baited trap. They had heard of our mission and they had
+prepared for us. And yet there was that despatch which had caused me to
+neglect all precautions and to ride straight into the town. How was I to
+account for that? The tears ran down my cheeks as I surveyed the ruin of
+my squadron, and as I thought of the plight of my comrades of the Grand
+Army who awaited the food which I was to have brought them. Ney had
+trusted me and I had failed him. How often he would strain his eyes over
+the snow-fields for that convoy of grain which should never gladden his
+sight! My own fate was hard enough. An exile in Siberia was the best
+which the future could bring me. But you will believe me, my friends,
+that it was not for his own sake, but for that of his starving comrades,
+that Etienne Gerard's cheeks were lined by his tears, frozen even as
+they were shed.
+
+“What's this?” said a gruff voice at my elbow; and I turned to face the
+huge, black-bearded Dragoon who had dragged me from my saddle. “Look at
+the Frenchman crying! I thought that the Corsican was followed by brave
+men and not by children.”
+
+“If you and I were face to face and alone, I should let you see which is
+the better man,” said I.
+
+For answer the brute struck me across the face with his open hand. I
+seized him by the throat, but a dozen of his soldiers tore me away from
+him, and he struck me again while they held my hands.
+
+“You base hound,” I cried, “is this the way to treat an officer and a
+gentleman?”
+
+“We never asked you to come to Russia,” said he. “If you do you must
+take such treatment as you can get. I would shoot you off-hand if I had
+my way.”
+
+“You will answer for this some day,” I cried, as I wiped the blood from
+my moustache.
+
+“If the Hetman Platoff is of my way of thinking you will not be alive
+this time to-morrow,” he answered, with a ferocious scowl. He added some
+words in Russian to his troops, and instantly they all sprang to their
+saddles.
+
+Poor Violette, looking as miserable as her master, was led round and
+I was told to mount her. My left arm was tied with a thong which was
+fastened to the stirrup-iron of a sergeant of Dragoons. So in most sorry
+plight I and the remnant of my men set forth from Minsk.
+
+Never have I met such a brute as this man Sergine, who commanded the
+escort. The Russian army contains the best and the worst in the world,
+but a worse than Major Sergine of the Dragoons of Kieff I have never
+seen in any force outside of the guerillas of the Peninsula.
+
+He was a man of great stature, with a fierce, hard face and a bristling
+black beard, which fell over his cuirass.
+
+I have been told since that he was noted for his strength and his
+bravery, and I could answer for it that he had the grip of a bear, for
+I had felt it when he tore me from my saddle. He was a wit, too, in his
+way, and made continual remarks in Russian at our expense which set all
+his Dragoons and Cossacks laughing. Twice he beat my comrades with his
+riding-whip, and once he approached me with the lash swung over his
+shoulder, but there was something in my eyes which prevented it from
+falling.
+
+So in misery and humiliation, cold and starving, we rode in a
+disconsolate column across the vast snow-plain. The sun had sunk, but
+still in the long northern twilight we pursued our weary journey. Numbed
+and frozen, with my head aching from the blows it had received, I was
+borne onward by Violette, hardly conscious of where I was or whither I
+was going. The little mare walked with a sunken head, only raising it to
+snort her contempt for the mangy Cossack ponies who were round her.
+
+But suddenly the escort stopped, and I found that we had halted in the
+single street of a small Russian village.
+
+There was a church on one side, and on the other was a large stone
+house, the outline of which seemed to me to be familiar. I looked around
+me in the twilight, and then I saw that we had been led back to Dobrova,
+and that this house at the door of which we were waiting was the same
+house of the priest at which we had stopped in the morning. Here it
+was that my charming Sophie in her innocence had translated the unlucky
+message which had in some strange way led us to our ruin. To think that
+only a few hours before we had left this very spot with such high hopes
+and all fair prospects for our mission, and now the remnants of us
+waited as beaten and humiliated men for whatever lot a brutal enemy
+might ordain! But such is the fate of the soldier, my friends--kisses
+to-day, blows to-morrow. Tokay in a palace, ditch-water in a hovel, furs
+or rags, a full purse or an empty pocket, ever swaying from the best to
+the worst, with only his courage and his honour unchanging.
+
+The Russian horsemen dismounted, and my poor fellows were ordered to
+do the same. It was already late, and it was clearly their intention
+to spend the night in this village. There were great cheering and joy
+amongst the peasants when they understood that we had all been taken,
+and they flocked out of their houses with flaming torches, the women
+carrying out tea and brandy for the Cossacks. Amongst others the old
+priest came forth--the same whom we had seen in the morning. He was all
+smiles now, and he bore with him some hot punch on a salver, the reek of
+which I can remember still. Behind her father was Sophie. With horror
+I saw her clasp Major Sergine's hand as she congratulated him upon the
+victory he had won and the prisoners he had made. The old priest, her
+father, looked at me with an insolent face and made insulting remarks
+at my expense, pointing at me with his lean and grimy hand. His fair
+daughter Sophie looked at me also, but she said nothing, and I could
+read her tender pity in her dark eyes. At last she turned to Major
+Sergine and said something to him in Russian, on which he frowned and
+shook his head impatiently.
+
+She appeared to plead with him, standing there in the flood of light
+which shone from the open door of her father's house. My eyes were fixed
+upon the two faces, that of the beautiful girl and of the dark, fierce
+man, for my instinct told me that it was my own fate which was under
+debate. For a long time the soldier shook his head, and then, at last
+softening before her pleadings, he appeared to give way. He turned to
+where I stood with my guardian sergeant beside me.
+
+“These good people offer you the shelter of their roof for the night,”
+ said he to me, looking me up and down with vindictive eyes. “I find
+it hard to refuse them, but I tell you straight that for my part I had
+rather see you on the snow. It would cool your hot blood, you rascal of
+a Frenchman!”
+
+I looked at him with the contempt that I felt.
+
+“You were born a savage and you will die one,” said I.
+
+My words stung him, for he broke into an oath, raising his whip as if he
+would strike me.
+
+“Silence, you crop-eared dog!” he cried. “Had I my way some of the
+insolence would be frozen out of you before morning.” Mastering his
+passion, he turned upon Sophie with what he meant to be a gallant
+manner. “If you have a cellar with a good lock,” said he, “the fellow
+may lie in it for the night, since you have done him the honour to take
+an interest in his comfort. I must have his parole that he will not
+attempt to play us any tricks, as I am answerable for him until I hand
+him over to the Hetman Platoff to-morrow.”
+
+His supercilious manner was more than I could endure.
+
+He had evidently spoken French to the lady in order that I might
+understand the humiliating way in which he referred to me.
+
+“I will take no favour from you,” said I. “You may do what you like, but
+I will never give you my parole.”
+
+The Russian shrugged his great shoulders, and turned away as if the
+matter were ended.
+
+“Very well, my fine fellow, so much the worse for your fingers and toes.
+We shall see how you are in the morning after a night in the snow.”
+
+“One moment, Major Sergine,” cried Sophie. “You must not be so hard upon
+this prisoner. There are some special reasons why he has a claim upon
+our kindness and mercy.”
+
+The Russian looked with suspicion upon his face from her to me.
+
+“What are the special reasons? You certainly seem to take a remarkable
+interest in this Frenchman,” said he.
+
+“The chief reason is that he has this very morning of his own accord
+released Captain Alexis Barakoff, of the Dragoons of Grodno.”
+
+“It is true,” said Barakoff, who had come out of the house. “He captured
+me this morning, and he released me upon parole rather than take me back
+to the French army, where I should have been starved.”
+
+“Since Colonel Gerard has acted so generously you will surely, now
+that fortune has changed, allow us to offer him the poor shelter of our
+cellar upon this bitter night,” said Sophie. “It is a small return for
+his generosity.”
+
+But the Dragoon was still in the sulks.
+
+“Let him give me his parole first that he will not attempt to escape,”
+ said he. “Do you hear, sir? Do you give me your parole?”
+
+“I give you nothing,” said I.
+
+“Colonel Gerard,” cried Sophie, turning to me with a coaxing smile, “you
+will give me your parole, will you not?”
+
+“To you, mademoiselle, I can refuse nothing. I will give you my parole,
+with pleasure.”
+
+“There, Major Sergine,” cried Sophie, in triumph, “that is surely
+sufficient. You have heard him say that he gives me his parole. I will
+be answerable for his safety.”
+
+In an ungracious fashion my Russian bear grunted his consent, and so I
+was led into the house, followed by the scowling father and by the
+big, black-bearded Dragoon. In the basement there was a large and roomy
+chamber, where the winter logs were stored. Thither it was that I was
+led, and I was given to understand that this was to be my lodging for
+the night. One side of this bleak apartment was heaped up to the ceiling
+with fagots of firewood. The rest of the room was stone-flagged and
+bare-walled, with a single, deep-set window upon one side, which was
+safely guarded with iron bars. For light I had a large stable lantern,
+which swung from a beam of the low ceiling. Major Sergine smiled as he
+took this down, and swung it round so as to throw its light into every
+corner of that dreary chamber.
+
+“How do you like our Russian hotels, monsieur?” he asked, with his
+hateful sneer. “They are not very grand, but they are the best that we
+can give you. Perhaps the next time that you Frenchmen take a fancy to
+travel you will choose some other country where they will make you more
+comfortable.” He stood laughing at me, his white teeth gleaming through
+his beard. Then he left me, and I heard the great key creak in the lock.
+
+For an hour of utter misery, chilled in body and soul, I sat upon a pile
+of fagots, my face sunk upon my hands and my mind full of the saddest
+thoughts. It was cold enough within those four walls, but I thought of
+the sufferings of my poor troopers outside, and I sorrowed with their
+sorrow. Then I paced up and down, and I clapped my hands together and
+kicked my feet against the walls to keep them from being frozen. The
+lamp gave out some warmth, but still it was bitterly cold, and I had had
+no food since morning. It seemed to me that everyone had forgotten me,
+but at last I heard the key turn in the lock, and who should enter but
+my prisoner of the morning, Captain Alexis Barakoff. A bottle of wine
+projected from under his arm, and he carried a great plate of hot stew
+in front of him.
+
+“Hush!” said he; “not a word! Keep up your heart! I cannot stop to
+explain, for Sergine is still with us. Keep awake and ready!” With these
+hurried words he laid down the welcome food and ran out of the room.
+
+“Keep awake and ready!” The words rang in my ears. I ate my food and
+I drank my wine, but it was neither food nor wine which had warmed the
+heart within me. What could those words of Barakoff mean?
+
+Why was I to remain awake? For what was I to be ready? Was it possible
+that there was a chance yet of escape? I have never respected the man
+who neglects his prayers at all other times and yet prays when he is in
+peril. It is like a bad soldier who pays no respect to the colonel save
+when he would demand a favour of him. And yet when I thought of the
+salt-mines of Siberia on the one side and of my mother in France upon
+the other, I could not help a prayer rising, not from my lips, but from
+my heart, that the words of Barakoff might mean all that I hoped. But
+hour after hour struck upon the village clock, and still I heard nothing
+save the call of the Russian sentries in the street outside.
+
+Then at last my heart leaped within me, for I heard a light step in the
+passage. An instant later the key turned, the door opened, and Sophie
+was in the room.
+
+“Monsieur--” she cried.
+
+“Etienne,” said I.
+
+“Nothing will change you,” said she. “But is it possible that you do not
+hate me? Have you forgiven me the trick which I played you?”
+
+“What trick?” I asked.
+
+“Good heavens! Is it possible that even now you have not understood it?
+You have asked me to translate the despatch. I have told you that it
+meant, 'If the French come to Minsk all is lost.'”
+
+“What did it mean, then?”
+
+“It means, 'Let the French come to Minsk. We are awaiting them.”'
+
+I sprang back from her.
+
+“You betrayed me!” I cried. “You lured me into this trap. It is to you
+that I owe the death and capture of my men. Fool that I was to trust a
+woman!”
+
+“Do not be unjust, Colonel Gerard. I am a Russian woman, and my first
+duty is to my country. Would you not wish a French girl to have acted as
+I have done? Had I translated the message correctly you would not have
+gone to Minsk and your squadron would have escaped. Tell me that you
+forgive me!”
+
+She looked bewitching as she stood pleading her cause in front of me.
+And yet, as I thought of my dead men, I could not take the hand which
+she held out to me.
+
+“Very good,” said she, as she dropped it by her side.
+
+“You feel for your own people and I feel for mine, and so we are equal.
+But you have said one wise and kindly thing within these walls, Colonel
+Gerard. You have said, 'One man more or less can make no difference in
+a struggle between two great armies.' Your lesson of nobility is not
+wasted. Behind those fagots is an unguarded door. Here is the key to it.
+Go forth, Colonel Gerard, and I trust that we may never look upon each
+other's faces again.”
+
+I stood for an instant with the key in my hand and my head in a whirl.
+Then I handed it back to her.
+
+“I cannot do it,” I said.
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“I have given my parole.”
+
+“To whom?” she asked.
+
+“Why, to you.”
+
+“And I release you from it.”
+
+My heart bounded with joy. Of course, it was true what she said. I
+had refused to give my parole to Sergine. I owed him no duty. If she
+relieved me from my promise my honour was clear. I took the key from her
+hand.
+
+“You will find Captain Barakoff at the end of the village street,” said
+she. “We of the North never forget either an injury or a kindness. He
+has your mare and your sword waiting for you. Do not delay an instant,
+for in two hours it will be dawn.”
+
+So I passed out into the star-lit Russian night, and had that last
+glimpse of Sophie as she peered after me through the open door. She
+looked wistfully at me as if she expected something more than the cold
+thanks which I gave her, but even the humblest man has his pride, and I
+will not deny that mine was hurt by the deception which she had played
+upon me. I could not have brought myself to kiss her hand, far less her
+lips. The door led into a narrow alley, and at the end of it stood a
+muffled figure, who held Violette by the bridle.
+
+“You told me to be kind to the next French officer whom I found in
+distress,” said he. “Good luck! Bon voyage!” he whispered, as I bounded
+into the saddle.
+
+“Remember, 'Poltava' is the watchword.”
+
+It was well that he had given it to me, for twice I had to pass Cossack
+pickets before I was clear of the lines.
+
+I had just ridden past the last vedettes and hoped that I was a free man
+again, when there was a soft thudding in the snow behind me, and a heavy
+man upon a great black horse came swiftly after me. My first impulse was
+to put spurs to Violette. My second, as I saw a long black beard against
+a steel cuirass, was to halt and await him.
+
+“I thought that it was you, you dog of a Frenchman,” he cried, shaking
+his drawn sword at me. “So you have broken your parole, you rascal!”
+
+“I gave no parole.”
+
+“You lie, you hound!”
+
+I looked around and no one was coming. The vedettes were motionless and
+distant. We were all alone, with the moon above and the snow beneath.
+Fortune has ever been my friend.
+
+“I gave you no parole.”
+
+“You gave it to the lady.”
+
+“Then I will answer for it to the lady.”
+
+“That would suit you better, no doubt. But, unfortunately, you will have
+to answer for it to me.”
+
+“I am ready.”
+
+“Your sword, too! There is treason in this! Ah, I see it all! The woman
+has helped you. She shall see Siberia for this night's work.”
+
+The words were his death-warrant. For Sophie's sake I could not let him
+go back alive. Our blades crossed, and an instant later mine was through
+his black beard and deep in his throat. I was on the ground almost as
+soon as he, but the one thrust was enough. He died, snapping his teeth
+at my ankles like a savage wolf.
+
+Two days later I had rejoined the army at Smolensk, and was a part once
+more of that dreary procession which tramped onward through the snow,
+leaving a long weal of blood to show the path which it had taken.
+
+Enough, my friends; I would not re-awaken the memory of those days of
+misery and death. They still come to haunt me in my dreams. When we
+halted at last in Warsaw we had left behind us our guns, our transport,
+and three-fourths of our comrades. But we did not leave behind us the
+honour of Etienne Gerard. They have said that I broke my parole. Let
+them beware how they say it to my face, for the story is as I tell it,
+and old as I am my forefinger is not too weak to press a trigger when my
+honour is in question.
+
+
+
+
+VII. How the Brigadier Bore Himself at Waterloo
+
+
+I. THE STORY OF THE FOREST INN
+
+Of all the great battles in which I had the honour of drawing my sword
+for the Emperor and for France there was not one which was lost. At
+Waterloo, although, in a sense, I was present, I was unable to fight,
+and the enemy was victorious. It is not for me to say that there is a
+connection between these two things. You know me too well, my friends,
+to imagine that I would make such a claim. But it gives matter for
+thought, and some have drawn flattering conclusions from it.
+
+After all, it was only a matter of breaking a few English squares
+and the day would have been our own. If the Hussars of Conflans, with
+Etienne Gerard to lead them, could not do this, then the best judges are
+mistaken.
+
+But let that pass. The Fates had ordained that I should hold my hand and
+that the Empire should fall. But they had also ordained that this day of
+gloom and sorrow should bring such honour to me as had never come when I
+swept on the wings of victory from Boulogne to Vienna.
+
+Never had I burned so brilliantly as at that supreme moment when the
+darkness fell upon all around me. You are aware that I was faithful to
+the Emperor in his adversity, and that I refused to sell my sword and my
+honour to the Bourbons. Never again was I to feel my war horse between
+my knees, never again to hear the kettledrums and silver trumpets behind
+me as I rode in front of my little rascals. But it comforts my heart,
+my friends, and it brings the tears to my eyes, to think how great I was
+upon that last day of my soldier life, and to remember that of all the
+remarkable exploits which have won me the love of so many beautiful
+women, and the respect of so many noble men, there was none which, in
+splendour, in audacity, and in the great end which was attained, could
+compare with my famous ride upon the night of June 18th, 1815. I am
+aware that the story is often told at mess-tables and in barrack-rooms,
+so that there are few in the army who have not heard it, but modesty has
+sealed my lips, until now, my friends, in the privacy of these intimate
+gatherings, I am inclined to lay the true facts before you.
+
+In the first place, there is one thing which I can assure you. In all
+his career Napoleon never had so splendid an army as that with which
+he took the field for that campaign. In 1813 France was exhausted. For
+every veteran there were five children--Marie Louises, as we called
+them; for the Empress had busied herself in raising levies while the
+Emperor took the field. But it was very different in 1815. The prisoners
+had all come back--the men from the snows of Russia, the men from the
+dungeons of Spain, the men from the hulks in England.
+
+These were the dangerous men, veterans of twenty battles, longing for
+their old trade, and with hearts filled with hatred and revenge. The
+ranks were full of soldiers who wore two and three chevrons, every
+chevron meaning five years' service. And the spirit of these men was
+terrible. They were raging, furious, fanatical, adoring the Emperor as
+a Mameluke does his prophet, ready to fall upon their own bayonets if
+their blood could serve him. If you had seen these fierce old veterans
+going into battle, with their flushed faces, their savage eyes, their
+furious yells, you would wonder that anything could stand against them.
+So high was the spirit of France at that time that every other spirit
+would have quailed before it; but these people, these English, had
+neither spirit nor soul, but only solid, immovable beef, against which
+we broke ourselves in vain. That was it, my friends! On the one side,
+poetry, gallantry, self-sacrifice--all that is beautiful and heroic.
+On the other side, beef. Our hopes, our ideals, our dreams--all were
+shattered on that terrible beef of Old England.
+
+You have read how the Emperor gathered his forces, and then how he and
+I, with a hundred and thirty thousand veterans, hurried to the northern
+frontier and fell upon the Prussians and the English. On the 16th of
+June, Ney held the English in play at Quatre-Bras while we beat the
+Prussians at Ligny. It is not for me to say how far I contributed to
+that victory, but it is well known that the Hussars of Conflans covered
+themselves with glory. They fought well, these Prussians, and eight
+thousand of them were left upon the field. The Emperor thought that he
+had done with them, as he sent Marshal Grouchy with thirty-two thousand
+men to follow them up and to prevent their interfering with his plans.
+Then with nearly eighty thousand men, he turned upon these “Goddam”
+ Englishmen. How much we had to avenge upon them, we Frenchmen--the
+guineas of Pitt, the hulks of Portsmouth, the invasion of Wellington,
+the perfidious victories of Nelson! At last the day of punishment seemed
+to have arisen.
+
+Wellington had with him sixty-seven thousand men, but many of them were
+known to be Dutch and Belgian, who had no great desire to fight against
+us. Of good troops he had not fifty thousand. Finding himself in
+the presence of the Emperor in person with eighty thousand men, this
+Englishman was so paralysed with fear that he could neither move himself
+nor his army. You have seen the rabbit when the snake approaches. So
+stood the English upon the ridge of Waterloo. The night before, the
+Emperor, who had lost an aide-de-camp at Ligny, ordered me to join his
+staff, and I had left my Hussars to the charge of Major Victor. I know
+not which of us was the most grieved, they or I, that I should be
+called away upon the eve of battle, but an order is an order, and a good
+soldier can but shrug his shoulders and obey. With the Emperor I rode
+across the front of the enemy's position on the morning of the 18th, he
+looking at them through his glass and planning which was the shortest
+way to destroy them. Soult was at his elbow, and Ney and Foy and others
+who had fought the English in Portugal and Spain. “Have a care, Sire,”
+ said Soult. “The English infantry is very solid.”
+
+“You think them good soldiers because they have beaten you,” said the
+Emperor, and we younger men turned away our faces and smiled. But Ney
+and Foy were grave and serious. All the time the English line, chequered
+with red and blue and dotted with batteries, was drawn up silent and
+watchful within a long musket-shot of us. On the other side of the
+shallow valley our own people, having finished their soup, were
+assembling for the battle. It had rained very heavily, but at this
+moment the sun shone out and beat upon the French army, turning our
+brigades of cavalry into so many dazzling rivers of steel, and twinkling
+and sparkling on the innumerable bayonets of the infantry. At the sight
+of that splendid army, and the beauty and majesty of its appearance, I
+could contain myself no longer, but, rising in my stirrups, I waved my
+busby and cried, “Vive l'Empereur!” a shout which growled and roared
+and clattered from one end of the line to the other, while the horsemen
+waved their swords and the footmen held up their shakos upon their
+bayonets. The English remained petrified upon their ridge. They knew
+that their hour had come.
+
+And so it would have come if at that moment the word had been given and
+the whole army had been permitted to advance. We had but to fall upon
+them and to sweep them from the face of the earth. To put aside all
+question of courage, we were the more numerous, the older soldiers, and
+the better led. But the Emperor desired to do all things in order,
+and he waited until the ground should be drier and harder, so that his
+artillery could manoeuvre. So three hours were wasted, and it was eleven
+o'clock before we saw Jerome Buonaparte's columns advance upon our left
+and heard the crash of the guns which told that the battle had begun.
+The loss of those three hours was our destruction. The attack upon
+the left was directed upon a farm-house which was held by the English
+Guards, and we heard the three loud shouts of apprehension which the
+defenders were compelled to utter. They were still holding out, and
+D'Erlon's corps was advancing upon the right to engage another portion
+of the English line, when our attention was called away from the battle
+beneath our noses to a distant portion of the field of action.
+
+The Emperor had been looking through his glass to the extreme left of
+the English line, and now he turned suddenly to the Duke of Dalmatia, or
+Soult, as we soldiers preferred to call him.
+
+“What is it, Marshal?” said he.
+
+We all followed the direction of his gaze, some raising our glasses,
+some shading our eyes. There was a thick wood over yonder, then a long,
+bare slope, and another wood beyond. Over this bare strip between the
+two woods there lay something dark, like the shadow of a moving cloud.
+
+“I think that they are cattle, Sire,” said Soult.
+
+At that instant there came a quick twinkle from amid the dark shadow.
+
+“It is Grouchy,” said the Emperor, and he lowered his glass. “They are
+doubly lost, these English. I hold them in the hollow of my hand. They
+cannot escape me.”
+
+He looked round, and his eyes fell upon me.
+
+“Ah! here is the prince of messengers,” said he. “Are you well mounted,
+Colonel Gerard?”
+
+I was riding my little Violette, the pride of the brigade.
+
+I said so.
+
+“Then ride hard to Marshal Grouchy, whose troops you see over yonder.
+Tell him that he is to fall upon the left flank and rear of the English
+while I attack them in front. Together we should crush them and not a
+man escape.”
+
+I saluted and rode off without a word, my heart dancing with joy that
+such a mission should be mine. I looked at that long, solid line of red
+and blue looming through the smoke of the guns, and I shook my fist at
+it as I went. “We shall crush them and not a man escape.”
+
+They were the Emperor's words, and it was I, Etienne Gerard, who was to
+turn them into deeds. I burned to reach the Marshal, and for an instant
+I thought of riding through the English left wing, as being the shortest
+cut. I have done bolder deeds and come out safely, but I reflected that
+if things went badly with me and I was taken or shot the message would
+be lost and the plans of the Emperor miscarry. I passed in front of the
+cavalry, therefore, past the Chasseurs, the Lancers of the Guard, the
+Carabineers, the Horse Grenadiers, and, lastly, my own little rascals,
+who followed me wistfully with their eyes. Beyond the cavalry the Old
+Guard was standing, twelve regiments of them, all veterans of many
+battles, sombre and severe, in long blue overcoats and high bearskins
+from which the plumes had been removed. Each bore within the goatskin
+knapsack upon his back the blue and white parade uniform which they
+would use for their entry into Brussels next day. As I rode past them I
+reflected that these men had never been beaten, and as I looked at
+their weather-beaten faces and their stern and silent bearing, I said to
+myself that they never would be beaten. Great heavens, how little could
+I foresee what a few more hours would bring!
+
+On the right of the Old Guard were the Young Guard and the 6th Corps of
+Lobau, and then I passed Jacquinot's Lancers and Marbot's Hussars, who
+held the extreme flank of the line. All these troops knew nothing of the
+corps which was coming toward them through the wood, and their attention
+was taken up in watching the battle which raged upon their left. More
+than a hundred guns were thundering from each side, and the din was so
+great that of all the battles which I have fought I cannot recall more
+than half-a-dozen which were as noisy. I looked back over my shoulder,
+and there were two brigades of Cuirassiers, English and French, pouring
+down the hill together, with the sword-blades playing over them like
+summer lightning. How I longed to turn Violette, and to lead my Hussars
+into the thick of it! What a picture! Etienne Gerard with his back to
+the battle, and a fine cavalry action raging behind him.
+
+But duty is duty, so I rode past Marbot's vedettes and on in the
+direction of the wood, passing the village of Frishermont upon my left.
+
+In front of me lay the great wood, called the Wood of Paris, consisting
+mostly of oak trees, with a few narrow paths leading through it. I
+halted and listened when I reached it, but out of its gloomy depths
+there came no blare of trumpet, no murmur of wheels, no tramp of horses
+to mark the advance of that great column which, with my own eyes, I had
+seen streaming toward it. The battle roared behind me, but in front all
+was as silent as that grave in which so many brave men would shortly
+sleep. The sunlight was cut off by the arches of leaves above my head,
+and a heavy damp smell rose from the sodden ground. For several miles I
+galloped at such a pace as few riders would care to go with roots below
+and branches above. Then, at last, for the first time I caught a glimpse
+of Grouchy's advance guard. Scattered parties of Hussars passed me on
+either side, but some distance off, among the trees. I heard the beating
+of a drum far away, and the low, dull murmur which an army makes upon
+the march. Any moment I might come upon the staff and deliver my message
+to Grouchy in person, for I knew well that on such a march a Marshal of
+France would certainly ride with the van of his army.
+
+Suddenly the trees thinned in front of me, and I understood with delight
+that I was coming to the end of the wood, whence I could see the army
+and find the Marshal.
+
+Where the track comes out from amid the trees there is a small cabaret,
+where wood-cutters and waggoners drink their wine. Outside the door of
+this I reined up my horse for an instant while I took in the scene which
+was before me. Some few miles away I saw a second great forest, that of
+St. Lambert, out of which the Emperor had seen the troops advancing. It
+was easy to see, however, why there had been so long a delay in their
+leaving one wood and reaching the other, because between the two ran the
+deep defile of the Lasnes, which had to be crossed. Sure enough, a long
+column of troops--horse, foot, and guns--was streaming down one side of
+it and swarming up the other, while the advance guard was already among
+the trees on either side of me. A battery of Horse Artillery was coming
+along the road, and I was about to gallop up to it and ask the officer
+in command if he could tell me where I should find the Marshal, when
+suddenly I observed that, though the gunners were dressed in blue,
+they had not the dolman trimmed with red brandenburgs as our own
+horse-gunners wear it. Amazed at the sight, I was looking at these
+soldiers to left and right when a hand touched my thigh, and there was
+the landlord, who had rushed from his inn.
+
+“Madman!” he cried, “why are you here? What are you doing?”
+
+“I am seeking Marshal Grouchy.”
+
+“You are in the heart of the Prussian army. Turn and fly!”
+
+“Impossible; this is Grouchy's corps.”
+
+“How do you know?”
+
+“Because the Emperor has said it.”
+
+“Then the Emperor has made a terrible mistake! I tell you that a patrol
+of Silesian Hussars has this instant left me. Did you not see them in
+the wood?”
+
+“I saw Hussars.”
+
+“They are the enemy.”
+
+“Where is Grouchy?”
+
+“He is behind. They have passed him.”
+
+“Then how can I go back? If I go forward I may see him yet. I must obey
+my orders and find him whereever he is.”
+
+The man reflected for an instant.
+
+“Quick! quick!” he cried, seizing my bridle. “Do what I say and you may
+yet escape. They have not observed you yet. Come with me and I will hide
+you until they pass.”
+
+Behind his house there was a low stable, and into this he thrust
+Violette. Then he half led and half dragged me into the kitchen of the
+inn. It was a bare, brick-floored room. A stout, red-faced woman was
+cooking cutlets at the fire.
+
+“What's the matter now?” she asked, looking with a frown from me to the
+innkeeper. “Who is this you have brought in?”
+
+“It is a French officer, Marie. We cannot let the Prussians take him.”
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“Why not? Sacred name of a dog, was I not myself a soldier of Napoleon?
+Did I not win a musket of honour among the Velites of the Guard? Shall
+I see a comrade taken before my eyes? Marie, we must save him.” But the
+lady looked at me with most unfriendly eyes.
+
+“Pierre Charras,” she said, “you will not rest until you have your house
+burned over your head. Do you not understand, you blockhead, that if you
+fought for Napoleon it was because Napoleon ruled Belgium? He does so no
+longer. The Prussians are our allies and this is our enemy. I will have
+no Frenchman in this house. Give him up!”
+
+The innkeeper scratched his head and looked at me in despair, but it was
+very evident to me that it was neither for France nor for Belgium that
+this woman cared, but that it was the safety of her own house that was
+nearest her heart.
+
+“Madame,” said I, with all the dignity and assurance I could command,
+“the Emperor is defeating the English, and the French army will be here
+before evening. If you have used me well you will be rewarded, and if
+you have denounced me you will be punished and your house will certainly
+be burned by the provost-martial.”
+
+She was shaken by this, and I hastened to complete my victory by other
+methods.
+
+“Surely,” said I, “it is impossible that anyone so beautiful can also be
+hard-hearted? You will not refuse me the refuge which I need.”
+
+She looked at my whiskers and I saw that she was softened. I took her
+hand, and in two minutes we were on such terms that her husband swore
+roundly that he would give me up himself if I pressed the matter
+farther.
+
+“Besides, the road is full of Prussians,” he cried.
+
+“Quick! quick! into the loft!”
+
+“Quick! quick! into the loft!” echoed his wife, and together they
+hurried me toward a ladder which led to a trap-door in the ceiling.
+There was loud knocking at the door, so you can think that it was not
+long before my spurs went twinkling through the hole and the board was
+dropped behind me. An instant later I heard the voices of the Germans in
+the rooms below me.
+
+The place in which I found myself was a single long attic, the ceiling
+of which was formed by the roof of the house. It ran over the whole of
+one side of the inn, and through the cracks in the flooring I could
+look down either upon the kitchen, the sitting-room, or the bar at my
+pleasure. There were no windows, but the place was in the last stage of
+disrepair, and several missing slates upon the roof gave me light and
+the means of observation.
+
+The place was heaped with lumber-fodder at one end and a huge pile of
+empty bottles at the other. There was no door or window save the hole
+through which I had come up.
+
+I sat upon the heap of hay for a few minutes to steady myself and to
+think out my plans. It was very serious that the Prussians should arrive
+upon the field of battle earlier than our reserves, but there appeared
+to be only one corps of them, and a corps more or less makes little
+difference to such a man as the Emperor. He could afford to give the
+English all this and beat them still.
+
+The best way in which I could serve him, since Grouchy was behind, was
+to wait here until they were past, and then to resume my journey, to see
+the Marshal, and to give him his orders. If he advanced upon the rear
+of the English instead of following the Prussians all would be well. The
+fate of France depended upon my judgment and my nerve. It was not the
+first time, my friends, as you are well aware, and you know the reasons
+that I had to trust that neither nerve nor judgment would ever fail me.
+Certainly, the Emperor had chosen the right man for his mission. “The
+prince of messengers” he had called me. I would earn my title.
+
+It was clear that I could do nothing until the Prussians had passed, so
+I spent my time in observing them. I have no love for these people, but
+I am compelled to say that they kept excellent discipline, for not a man
+of them entered the inn, though their lips were caked with dust and they
+were ready to drop with fatigue. Those who had knocked at the door were
+bearing an insensible comrade, and having left him they returned at once
+to the ranks. Several others were carried in in the same fashion and
+laid in the kitchen, while a young surgeon, little more than a boy,
+remained behind in charge of them.
+
+Having observed them through the cracks in the floor, I next turned my
+attention to the holes in the roof, from which I had an excellent view
+of all that was passing outside. The Prussian corps was still streaming
+past. It was easy to see that they had made a terrible march and had
+little food, for the faces of the men were ghastly, and they were
+plastered from head to foot with mud from their falls upon the foul and
+slippery roads. Yet, spent as they were, their spirit was excellent, and
+they pushed and hauled at the gun-carriages when the wheels sank up to
+the axles in the mire, and the weary horses were floundering knee-deep
+unable to draw them through.
+
+The officers rode up and down the column encouraging the more active
+with words of praise, and the laggards with blows from the flat of their
+swords. All the time from over the wood in front of them there came the
+tremendous roar of the battle, as if all the rivers on earth had united
+in one gigantic cataract, booming and crashing in a mighty fall. Like
+the spray of the cataract was the long veil of smoke which rose high
+over the trees.
+
+The officers pointed to it with their swords, and with hoarse cries from
+their parched lips the mud-stained men pushed onward to the battle. For
+an hour I watched them pass, and I reflected that their vanguard must
+have come into touch with Marbot's vedettes and that the Emperor knew
+already of their coming. “You are going very fast up the road, my
+friends, but you will come down it a great deal faster,” said I to
+myself, and I consoled myself with the thought.
+
+But an adventure came to break the monotony of this long wait. I was
+seated beside my loophole and congratulating myself that the corps was
+nearly past, and that the road would soon be clear for my journey, when
+suddenly I heard a loud altercation break out in French in the kitchen.
+
+“You shall not go!” cried a woman's voice.
+
+“I tell you that I will!” said a man's, and there was a sound of
+scuffling.
+
+In an instant I had my eye to the crack in the floor.
+
+There was my stout lady, like a faithful watch-dog, at the bottom of
+the ladder, while the young German surgeon, white with anger, was
+endeavouring to come up it.
+
+Several of the German soldiers who had recovered from their prostration
+were sitting about on the kitchen floor and watching the quarrel with
+stolid, but attentive, faces.
+
+The landlord was nowhere to be seen.
+
+“There is no liquor there,” said the woman.
+
+“I do not want liquor; I want hay or straw for these men to lie upon.
+Why should they lie on the bricks when there is straw overhead?”
+
+“There is no straw.”
+
+“What is up there?”
+
+“Empty bottles.”
+
+“Nothing else?”
+
+“No.”
+
+For a moment it looked as if the surgeon would abandon his intention,
+but one of the soldiers pointed up to the ceiling. I gathered from what
+I could understand of his words that he could see the straw sticking
+out between the planks. In vain the woman protested. Two of the soldiers
+were able to get upon their feet and to drag her aside, while the young
+surgeon ran up the ladder, pushed open the trap-door, and climbed into
+the loft.
+
+As he swung the door back I slipped behind it, but as luck would have
+it he shut it again behind him, and there we were left standing face to
+face.
+
+Never have I seen a more astonished young man.
+
+“A French officer!” he gasped.
+
+“Hush!” said I, “hush! Not a word above a whisper.”
+
+I had drawn my sword.
+
+“I am not a combatant,” he said; “I am a doctor. Why do you threaten me
+with your sword? I am not armed.”
+
+“I do not wish to hurt you, but I must protect myself. I am in hiding
+here.”
+
+“A spy!”
+
+“A spy does not wear such a uniform as this, nor do you find spies on
+the staff of an army. I rode by mistake into the heart of this Prussian
+corps, and I concealed myself here in the hope of escaping when they are
+past. I will not hurt you if you do not hurt me, but if you do not swear
+that you will be silent as to my presence you will never go down alive
+from this attic.”
+
+“You can put up your sword, sir,” said the surgeon, and I saw a friendly
+twinkle in his eyes. “I am a Pole by birth, and I have no ill-feeling to
+you or your people. I will do my best for my patients, but I will do no
+more. Capturing Hussars is not one of the duties of a surgeon. With your
+permission I will now descend with this truss of hay to make a couch for
+these poor fellows below.”
+
+I had intended to exact an oath from him, but it is my experience that
+if a man will not speak the truth he will not swear the truth, so I said
+no more. The surgeon opened the trap-door, threw out enough hay for his
+purpose, and then descended the ladder, letting down the door behind
+him. I watched him anxiously when he rejoined his patients, and so did
+my good friend the landlady, but he said nothing and busied himself with
+the needs of his soldiers.
+
+By this time I was sure that the last of the army corps was past, and I
+went to my loophole confident that I should find the coast clear, save,
+perhaps, for a few stragglers, whom I could disregard. The first
+corps was indeed past, and I could see the last files of the infantry
+disappearing into the wood; but you can imagine my disappointment when
+out of the Forest of St. Lambert I saw a second corps emerging, as
+numerous as the first.
+
+There could be no doubt that the whole Prussian army, which we thought
+we had destroyed at Ligny, was about to throw itself upon our right wing
+while Marshal Grouchy had been coaxed away upon some fool's errand.
+
+The roar of guns, much nearer than before, told me that the Prussian
+batteries which had passed me were already in action. Imagine my
+terrible position! Hour after hour was passing; the sun was sinking
+toward the west.
+
+And yet this cursed inn, in which I lay hid, was like a little island
+amid a rushing stream of furious Prussians.
+
+It was all important that I should reach Marshal Grouchy, and yet I
+could not show my nose without being made prisoner. You can think how I
+cursed and tore my hair. How little do we know what is in store for us!
+
+Even while I raged against my ill-fortune, that same fortune was
+reserving me for a far higher task than to carry a message to Grouchy--a
+task which could not have been mine had I not been held tight in that
+little inn on the edge of the Forest of Paris.
+
+Two Prussian corps had passed and a third was coming up, when I heard
+a great fuss and the sound of several voices in the sitting-room. By
+altering my position I was able to look down and see what was going on.
+
+Two Prussian generals were beneath me, their heads bent over a map which
+lay upon the table. Several aides-de-camp and staff officers stood round
+in silence. Of the two generals, one was a fierce old man, white-haired
+and wrinkled, with a ragged, grizzled moustache and a voice like the
+bark of a hound. The other was younger, but long-faced and solemn. He
+measured distances upon the map with the air of a student, while his
+companion stamped and fumed and cursed like a corporal of Hussars. It
+was strange to see the old man so fiery and the young one so reserved. I
+could not understand all that they said, but I was very sure about their
+general meaning.
+
+“I tell you we must push on and ever on!” cried the old fellow, with a
+furious German oath. “I promised Wellington that I would be there with
+the whole army even if I had to be strapped to my horse. Bulow's corps
+is in action, and Ziethen's shall support it with every man and gun.
+Forward, Gneisenau, forward!”
+
+The other shook his head.
+
+“You must remember, your Excellency, that if the English are beaten they
+will make for the coast. What will your position be then, with Grouchy
+between you and the Rhine?”
+
+“We shall beat them, Gneisenau; the Duke and I will grind them to powder
+between us. Push on, I say! The whole war will be ended in one blow.
+Bring Pirsch up, and we can throw sixty thousand men into the scale
+while Thielmann holds Grouchy beyond Wavre.”
+
+Gneisenau shrugged his shoulders, but at that instant an orderly
+appeared at the door.
+
+“An aide-de-camp from the Duke of Wellington,” said he.
+
+“Ha, ha!” cried the old man; “let us hear what he has to say!”
+
+An English officer, with mud and blood all over his scarlet jacket,
+staggered into the room. A crimson-stained handkerchief was knotted
+round his arm, and he held the table to keep himself from falling.
+
+“My message is to Marshal Blucher,” said he;
+
+“I am Marshal Blucher. Go on! go on!” cried the impatient old man.
+
+“The Duke bade me to tell you, sir, that the British Army can hold its
+own and that he has no fears for the result. The French cavalry has been
+destroyed, two of their divisions of infantry have ceased to exist,
+and only the Guard is in reserve. If you give us a vigorous support the
+defeat will be changed to absolute rout and--” His knees gave way under
+him and he fell in a heap upon the floor.
+
+“Enough! enough!” cried Blucher. “Gneisenau, send an aide-de-camp to
+Wellington and tell him to rely upon me to the full. Come on, gentlemen,
+we have our work to do!” He bustled eagerly out of the room with all
+his staff clanking behind him, while two orderlies carried the English
+messenger to the care of the surgeon.
+
+Gneisenau, the Chief of the Staff, had lingered behind for an instant,
+and he laid his hand upon one of the aides-de-camp. The fellow had
+attracted my attention, for I have always a quick eye for a fine man.
+He was tall and slender, the very model of a horseman; indeed, there was
+something in his appearance which made it not unlike my own. His face
+was dark and as keen as that of a hawk, with fierce black eyes under
+thick, shaggy brows, and a moustache which would have put him in the
+crack squadron of my Hussars. He wore a green coat with white facings,
+and a horse-hair helmet--a Dragoon, as I conjectured, and as dashing a
+cavalier as one would wish to have at the end of one's sword-point.
+
+“A word with you, Count Stein,” said Gneisenau. “If the enemy are
+routed, but if the Emperor escapes, he will rally another army, and all
+will have to be done again. But if we can get the Emperor, then the war
+is indeed ended. It is worth a great effort and a great risk for such an
+object as that.”
+
+The young Dragoon said nothing, but he listened attentively.
+
+“Suppose the Duke of Wellington's words should prove to be correct,
+and the French army should be driven in utter rout from the field, the
+Emperor will certainly take the road back through Genappe and Charleroi
+as being the shortest to the frontier. We can imagine that his horses
+will be fleet, and that the fugitives will make way for him. Our cavalry
+will follow the rear of the beaten army, but the Emperor will be far
+away at the front of the throng.”
+
+The young Dragoon inclined his head.
+
+“To you, Count Stein, I commit the Emperor. If you take him your name
+will live in history. You have the reputation of being the hardest rider
+in our army. Do you choose such comrades as you may select--ten or a
+dozen should be enough. You are not to engage in the battle, nor are you
+to follow the general pursuit, but you are to ride clear of the crowd,
+reserving your energies for a nobler end. Do you understand me?”
+
+Again the Dragoon inclined his head. This silence impressed me. I felt
+that he was indeed a dangerous man.
+
+“Then I leave the details in your own hands. Strike at no one except the
+highest. You cannot mistake the Imperial carriage, nor can you fail to
+recognise the figure of the Emperor. Now I must follow the Marshal.
+Adieu! If ever I see you again I trust that it will be to congratulate
+you upon a deed which will ring through Europe.”
+
+The Dragoon saluted and Gneisenau hurried from the room. The young
+officer stood in deep thought for a few moments. Then he followed the
+Chief of the Staff.
+
+I looked with curiosity from my loophole to see what his next proceeding
+would be. His horse, a fine, strong chestnut with two white stockings,
+was fastened to the rail of the inn. He sprang into the saddle, and,
+riding to intercept a column of cavalry which was passing, he spoke to
+an officer at the head of the leading regiment.
+
+Presently after some talk I saw two Hussars--it was a Hussar
+regiment--drop out of the ranks and take up their position beside Count
+Stein. The next regiment was also stopped, and two Lancers were added to
+his escort. The next furnished him with two Dragoons and the next with
+two Cuirassiers. Then he drew his little group of horsemen aside and he
+gathered them round him, explaining to them what they had to do. Finally
+the nine soldiers rode off together and disappeared into the Wood of
+Paris.
+
+I need not tell you, my friends, what all this portended.
+
+Indeed, he had acted exactly as I should have done in his place. From
+each colonel he had demanded the two best horsemen in the regiment,
+and so he had assembled a band who might expect to catch whatever they
+should follow. Heaven help the Emperor if, without an escort, he should
+find them on his track!
+
+And I, dear friends--imagine the fever, the ferment, the madness of my
+mind! All thought of Grouchy had passed away. No guns were to be heard
+to the east. He could not be near. If he should come up he would not now
+be in time to alter the event of the day. The sun was already low in the
+sky and there could not be more than two or three hours of daylight.
+My mission might be dismissed as useless. But here was another mission,
+more pressing, more immediate, a mission which meant the safety, and
+perhaps the life, of the Emperor. At all costs, through every danger, I
+must get back to his side.
+
+But how was I to do it? The whole Prussian army was now between me and
+the French lines. They blocked every road, but they could not block the
+path of duty when Etienne Gerard sees it lie before him. I could not
+wait longer. I must be gone.
+
+There was but the one opening to the loft, and so it was only down the
+ladder that I could descend. I looked into the kitchen and I found that
+the young surgeon was still there. In a chair sat the wounded English
+aide-de-camp, and on the straw lay two Prussian soldiers in the last
+stage of exhaustion. The others had all recovered and been sent on.
+These were my enemies, and I must pass through them in order to gain
+my horse. From the surgeon I had nothing to fear; the Englishman was
+wounded, and his sword stood with his cloak in a corner; the two Germans
+were half insensible, and their muskets were not beside them. What
+could be simpler? I opened the trap-door, slipped down the ladder, and
+appeared in the midst of them, my sword drawn in my hand.
+
+What a picture of surprise! The surgeon, of course, knew all, but to the
+Englishman and the two Germans it must have seemed that the god of war
+in person had descended from the skies. With my appearance, with my
+figure, with my silver and grey uniform, and with that gleaming sword in
+my hand, I must indeed have been a sight worth seeing. The two Germans
+lay petrified with staring eyes. The English officer half rose, but sat
+down again from weakness, his mouth open and his hand on the back of his
+chair.
+
+“What the deuce!” he kept on repeating, “what the deuce!”
+
+“Pray do not move,” said I; “I will hurt no one, but woe to the man who
+lays hands upon me to stop me. You have nothing to fear if you leave me
+alone, and nothing to hope if you try to hinder me. I am Colonel Etienne
+Gerard, of the Hussars of Conflans.”
+
+“The deuce!” said the Englishman. “You are the man that killed the fox.”
+ A terrible scowl had darkened his face. The jealousy of sportsmen is a
+base passion. He hated me, this Englishman, because I had been before
+him in transfixing the animal. How different are our natures! Had I
+seen him do such a deed I would have embraced him with cries of joy. But
+there was no time for argument.
+
+“I regret it, sir,” said I; “but you have a cloak here and I must take
+it.”
+
+He tried to rise from his chair and reach his sword, but I got between
+him and the corner where it lay.
+
+“If there is anything in the pockets----”
+
+“A case,” said he.
+
+“I would not rob you,” said I; and raising the cloak I took from the
+pockets a silver flask, a square wooden case and a field-glass. All
+these I handed to him. The wretch opened the case, took out a pistol,
+and pointed it straight at my head.
+
+“Now, my fine fellow,” said he, “put down your sword and give yourself
+up.”
+
+I was so astounded at this infamous action that I stood petrified before
+him. I tried to speak to him of honour and gratitude, but I saw his eyes
+fix and harden over the pistol.
+
+“Enough talk!” said he. “Drop it!”
+
+Could I endure such a humiliation? Death were better than to be disarmed
+in such a fashion. The word
+
+“Fire!” was on my lips when in an instant the English man vanished
+from before my face, and in his place was a great pile of hay, with a
+red-coated arm and two Hessian boots waving and kicking in the heart of
+it. Oh, the gallant landlady! It was my whiskers that had saved me.
+
+“Fly, soldier, fly!” she cried, and she heaped fresh trusses of hay from
+the floor on to the struggling Englishman. In an instant I was out in
+the courtyard, had led Violette from her stable, and was on her back.
+A pistol bullet whizzed past my shoulder from the window, and I saw a
+furious face looking out at me. I smiled my contempt and spurred out
+into the road. The last of the Prussians had passed, and both my road
+and my duty lay clear before me. If France won, all well. If France
+lost, then on me and my little mare depended that which was more than
+victory or defeat--the safety and the life of the Emperor. “On, Etienne,
+on!” I cried.
+
+“Of all your noble exploits, the greatest, even if it be the last, lies
+now before you!”
+
+
+II. THE STORY OF THE NINE PRUSSIAN HORSEMEN
+
+I told you when last we met, my friends, of the important mission from
+the Emperor to Marshal Grouchy, which failed through no fault of my own,
+and I described to you how during a long afternoon I was shut up in the
+attic of a country inn, and was prevented from coming out because the
+Prussians were all around me. You will remember also how I overheard the
+Chief of the Prussian Staff give his instructions to Count Stein, and
+so learned the dangerous plan which was on foot to kill or capture
+the Emperor in the event of a French defeat. At first I could not have
+believed in such a thing, but since the guns had thundered all day, and
+since the sound had made no advance in my direction, it was evident that
+the English had at least held their own and beaten off all our attacks.
+
+I have said that it was a fight that day between the soul of France and
+the beef of England, but it must be confessed that we found the beef
+was very tough. It was clear that if the Emperor could not defeat the
+English when alone, then it might, indeed, go hard with him now that
+sixty thousand of these cursed Prussians were swarming on his flank. In
+any case, with this secret in my possession, my place was by his side.
+
+I had made my way out of the inn in the dashing manner which I have
+described to you when last we met, and I left the English aide-de-camp
+shaking his foolish fist out of the window. I could not but laugh as I
+looked back at him, for his angry red face was framed and frilled with
+hay. Once out on the road I stood erect in my stirrups, and I put on the
+handsome black riding-coat, lined with red, which had belonged to him.
+It fell to the top of my high boots, and covered my tell-tale uniform
+completely. As to my busby, there are many such in the German service,
+and there was no reason why it should attract attention. So long as no
+one spoke to me there was no reason why I should not ride through the
+whole of the Prussian army; but though I understood German, for I had
+many friends among the German ladies during the pleasant years that I
+fought all over that country, still I spoke it with a pretty Parisian
+accent which could not be confounded with their rough, unmusical speech.
+I knew that this quality of my accent would attract attention, but
+I could only hope and pray that I would be permitted to go my way in
+silence.
+
+The Forest of Paris was so large that it was useless to think of going
+round it, and so I took my courage in both hands and galloped on down
+the road in the track of the Prussian army. It was not hard to trace it,
+for it was rutted two feet deep by the gun-wheels and the caissons. Soon
+I found a fringe of wounded men, Prussians and French, on each side of
+it, where Bulow's advance had come into touch with Marbot's Hussars. One
+old man with a long white beard, a surgeon, I suppose, shouted at me,
+and ran after me still shouting, but I never turned my head and took no
+notice of him save to spur on faster. I heard his shouts long after I
+had lost sight of him among the trees.
+
+Presently I came up with the Prussian reserves. The infantry were
+leaning on their muskets or lying exhausted on the wet ground, and the
+officers stood in groups listening to the mighty roar of the battle and
+discussing the reports which came from the front. I hurried past at the
+top of my speed, but one of them rushed out and stood in my path with
+his hand up as a signal to me to stop. Five thousand Prussian eyes were
+turned upon me. There was a moment! You turn pale, my friends, at the
+thought of it. Think how every hair upon me stood on end. But never for
+one instant did my wits or my courage desert me. “General Blucher!” I
+cried. Was it not my guardian angel who whispered the words in my ear?
+The Prussian sprang from my path, saluted, and pointed forward. They are
+well disciplined, these Prussians, and who was he that he should dare to
+stop the officer who bore a message to the general?
+
+It was a talisman that would pass me out of every danger, and my heart
+sang within me at the thought. So elated was I that I no longer waited
+to be asked, but as I rode through the army I shouted to right and left,
+
+“General Blucher! General Blucher!” and every man pointed me onward and
+cleared a path to let me pass.
+
+There are times when the most supreme impudence is the highest wisdom.
+But discretion must also be used, and I must admit that I became
+indiscreet. For as I rode upon my way, ever nearer to the fighting line,
+a Prussian officer of Uhlans gripped my bridle and pointed to a group
+of men who stood near a burning farm. “There is Marshal Blucher. Deliver
+your message!” said he, and sure enough, my terrible old grey-whiskered
+veteran was there within a pistol-shot, his eyes turned in my direction.
+
+But the good guardian angel did not desert me.
+
+Quick as a flash there came into my memory the name of the general who
+commanded the advance of the Prussians.
+
+
+{illust. caption = “There is Marshal Blucher. Deliver your message!”}
+
+
+“General Bulow!” I cried. The Uhlan let go my bridle. “General Bulow!
+General Bulow!” I shouted, as every stride of the dear little mare took
+me nearer my own people. Through the burning village of Planchenoit
+I galloped, spurred my way between two columns of Prussian infantry,
+sprang over a hedge, cut down a Silesian Hussar who flung himself before
+me, and an instant afterward, with my coat flying open to show the
+uniform below, I passed through the open files of the tenth of the line,
+and was back in the heart of Lobau's corps once more. Outnumbered and
+outflanked, they were being slowly driven in by the pressure of the
+Prussian advance. I galloped onward, anxious only to find myself by the
+Emperor's side.
+
+But a sight lay before me which held me fast as though I had been turned
+into some noble equestrian statue. I could not move, I could scarce
+breathe, as I gazed upon it. There was a mound over which my path lay,
+and as I came out on the top of it I looked down the long, shallow
+valley of Waterloo. I had left it with two great armies on either side
+and a clear field between them. Now there were but long, ragged fringes
+of broken and exhausted regiments upon the two ridges, but a real army
+of dead and wounded lay between. For two miles in length and half a mile
+across the ground was strewed and heaped with them. But slaughter was
+no new sight to me, and it was not that which held me spellbound. It
+was that up the long slope of the British position was moving a walking
+forest--black, tossing, waving, unbroken. Did I not know the bearskins of
+the Guard? And did I not also know, did not my soldier's instinct tell
+me, that it was the last reserve of France; that the Emperor, like a
+desperate gamester, was staking all upon his last card? Up they went
+and up--grand, solid, unbreakable, scourged with musketry, riddled with
+grape, flowing onward in a black, heavy tide, which lapped over the
+British batteries. With my glass I could see the English gunners throw
+themselves under their pieces or run to the rear. On rolled the crest of
+the bearskins, and then, with a crash which was swept across to my
+ears, they met the British infantry. A minute passed, and another, and
+another. My heart was in my mouth.
+
+They swayed back and forward; they no longer advanced; they were held.
+Great Heaven! was it possible that they were breaking? One black dot ran
+down the hill, then two, then four, then ten, then a great, scattered,
+struggling mass, halting, breaking, halting, and at last shredding out
+and rushing madly downward. “The Guard is beaten! The Guard is beaten!”
+ From all around me I heard the cry. Along the whole line the infantry
+turned their faces and the gunners flinched from their guns.
+
+“The Old Guard is beaten! The Guard retreats!” An officer with a livid
+face passed me yelling out these words of woe. “Save yourselves! Save
+yourselves! You are betrayed!” cried another. “Save yourselves! Save
+yourselves!” Men were rushing madly to the rear, blundering and jumping
+like frightened sheep. Cries and screams rose from all around me. And at
+that moment, as I looked at the British position, I saw what I can
+never forget. A single horseman stood out black and clear upon the
+ridge against the last red angry glow of the setting sun. So dark, so
+motionless, against that grim light, he might have been the very spirit
+of Battle brooding over that terrible valley. As I gazed, he raised his
+hat high in the air, and at the signal, with a low, deep roar like a
+breaking wave, the whole British army flooded over their ridge and came
+rolling down into the valley.
+
+Long steel-fringed lines of red and blue, sweeping waves of cavalry,
+horse batteries rattling and bounding--down they came on to our
+crumbling ranks. It was over. A yell of agony, the agony of brave men
+who see no hope, rose from one flank to the other, and in an instant the
+whole of that noble army was swept in a wild, terror-stricken crowd from
+the field. Even now, dear friends, I cannot, as you see, speak of that
+dreadful moment with a dry eye or with a steady voice.
+
+At first I was carried away in that wild rush, whirled off like a straw
+in a flooded gutter. But, suddenly, what should I see amongst the mixed
+regiments in front of me but a group of stern horsemen, in silver and
+grey, with a broken and tattered standard held aloft in the heart
+of them! Not all the might of England and of Prussia could break the
+Hussars of Conflans. But when I joined them it made my heart bleed to
+see them. The major, seven captains, and five hundred men were left upon
+the field. Young Captain Sabbatier was in command, and when I asked him
+where were the five missing squadrons he pointed back and answered: “You
+will find them round one of those British squares.” Men and horses
+were at their last gasp, caked with sweat and dirt, their black tongues
+hanging out from their lips; but it made me thrill with pride to see how
+that shattered remnant still rode knee to knee, with every man, from the
+boy trumpeter to the farrier-sergeant, in his own proper place.
+
+Would that I could have brought them on with me as an escort for the
+Emperor! In the heart of the Hussars of Conflans he would be safe
+indeed. But the horses were too spent to trot. I left them behind me
+with orders to rally upon the farm-house of St. Aunay, where we had
+camped two nights before. For my own part, I forced my horse through the
+throng in search of the Emperor.
+
+There were things which I saw then, as I pressed through that dreadful
+crowd, which can never be banished from my mind. In evil dreams there
+comes back to me the memory of that flowing stream of livid, staring,
+screaming faces upon which I looked down. It was a nightmare. In victory
+one does not understand the horror of war. It is only in the cold chill
+of defeat that it is brought home to you. I remember an old Grenadier of
+the Guard lying at the side of the road with his broken leg doubled at
+a right angle. “Comrades, comrades, keep off my leg!” he cried, but they
+tripped and stumbled over him all the same. In front of me rode a
+Lancer officer without his coat. His arm had just been taken off in the
+ambulance. The bandages had fallen. It was horrible. Two gunners tried
+to drive through with their gun. A Chasseur raised his musket and shot
+one of them through the head. I saw a major of Cuirassiers draw his two
+holster pistols and shoot first his horse and then himself. Beside the
+road a man in a blue coat was raging and raving like a madman. His face
+was black with powder, his clothes were torn, one epaulette was gone,
+the other hung dangling over his breast. Only when I came close to him
+did I recognise that it was Marshal Ney. He howled at the flying
+troops and his voice was hardly human. Then he raised the stump of his
+sword--it was broken three inches from the hilt. “Come and see how a
+Marshal of France can die!” he cried. Gladly would I have gone with him,
+but my duty lay elsewhere.
+
+He did not, as you know, find the death he sought, but he met it a few
+weeks later in cold blood at the hands of his enemies.
+
+There is an old proverb that in attack the French are more than men, in
+defeat they are less than women. I knew that it was true that day. But
+even in that rout I saw things which I can tell with pride. Through the
+fields which skirt the road moved Cambronne's three reserve battalions
+of the Guard, the cream of our army.
+
+They walked slowly in square, their colours waving over the sombre line
+of the bearskins. All round them raged the English cavalry and the black
+Lancers of Brunswick, wave after wave thundering up, breaking with a
+crash, and recoiling in ruin. When last I saw them, the English guns,
+six at a time, were smashing grape-shot through their ranks and the
+English infantry were closing in upon three sides and pouring volleys
+into them; but still, like a noble lion with fierce hounds clinging to
+its flanks, the glorious remnant of the Guard, marching slowly, halting,
+closing up, dressing, moved majestically from their last battle. Behind
+them the Guard's battery of twelve-pounders was drawn up upon the ridge.
+Every gunner was in his place, but no gun fired. “Why do you not fire?”
+ I asked the colonel as I passed. “Our powder is finished.” “Then why not
+retire?” “Our appearance may hold them back for a little. We must give
+the Emperor time to escape.” Such were the soldiers of France.
+
+Behind this screen of brave men the others took their breath, and then
+went on in less desperate fashion. They had broken away from the road,
+and all over the countryside in the twilight I could see the timid,
+scattered, frightened crowd who ten hours before had formed the finest
+army that ever went down to battle. I with my splendid mare was soon
+able to get clear of the throng, and just after I passed Genappe I
+overtook the Emperor with the remains of his Staff. Soult was with him
+still, and so were Drouot, Lobau, and Bertrand, with five Chasseurs of
+the Guard, their horses hardly able to move.
+
+The night was falling, and the Emperor's haggard face gleamed white
+through the gloom as he turned it toward me.
+
+“Who is that?” he asked.
+
+“It is Colonel Gerard,” said Soult.
+
+“Have you seen Marshal Grouchy?”
+
+“No, Sire. The Prussians were between.”
+
+“It does not matter. Nothing matters now. Soult, I will go back.”
+
+He tried to turn his horse, but Bertrand seized his bridle. “Ah, Sire,”
+ said Soult, “the enemy has had good fortune enough already.” They forced
+him on among them. He rode in silence with his chin upon his breast, the
+greatest and the saddest of men. Far away behind us those remorseless
+guns were still roaring. Sometimes out of the darkness would come
+shrieks and screams and the low thunder of galloping hoofs. At the sound
+we would spur our horses and hasten onward through the scattered troops.
+At last, after riding all night in the clear moonlight, we found that
+we had left both pursued and pursuers behind. By the time we passed
+over the bridge at Charleroi the dawn was breaking. What a company of
+spectres we looked in that cold, clear, searching light, the Emperor
+with his face of wax, Soult blotched with powder, Lobau dabbled with
+blood! But we rode more easily now, and had ceased to glance over our
+shoulders, for Waterloo was more than thirty miles behind us. One of the
+Emperor's carriages had been picked up at Charleroi, and we halted now
+on the other side of the Sambre, and dismounted from our horses.
+
+You will ask me why it was that during all this time I had said nothing
+of that which was nearest my heart, the need for guarding the Emperor.
+As a fact, I had tried to speak of it both to Soult and to Lobau, but
+their minds were so overwhelmed with the disaster and so distracted by
+the pressing needs of the moment that it was impossible to make them
+understand how urgent was my message. Besides, during this long flight
+we had always had numbers of French fugitives beside us on the road,
+and, however demoralised they might be, we had nothing to fear from the
+attack of nine men. But now, as we stood round the Emperor's carriage
+in the early morning, I observed with anxiety that not a single French
+soldier was to be seen upon the long, white road behind us. We had
+outstripped the army. I looked round to see what means of defence were
+left to us. The horses of the Chasseurs of the Guard had broken down,
+and only one of them, a grey-whiskered sergeant, remained.
+
+There were Soult, Lobau, and Bertrand; but, for all their talents,
+I had rather, when it came to hard knocks, have a single
+quartermaster-sergeant of Hussars at my side than the three of them put
+together. There remained the Emperor himself, the coachman, and a valet
+of the household who had joined us at Charleroi--eight all told; but of
+the eight only two, the Chasseur and I, were fighting soldiers who could
+be depended upon at a pinch. A chill came over me as I reflected how
+utterly helpless we were. At that moment I raised my eyes, and there
+were the nine Prussian horsemen coming over the hill.
+
+On either side of the road at this point are long stretches of rolling
+plain, part of it yellow with corn and part of it rich grass land
+watered by the Sambre. To the south of us was a low ridge, over which
+was the road to France. Along this road the little group of cavalry
+was riding. So well had Count Stein obeyed his instructions that he had
+struck far to the south of us in his determination to get ahead of
+the Emperor. Now he was riding from the direction in which we were
+going--the last in which we could expect an enemy. When I caught that
+first glimpse of them they were still half a mile away.
+
+“Sire!” I cried, “the Prussians!”
+
+They all started and stared. It was the Emperor who broke the silence.
+
+“Who says they are Prussians?”
+
+“I do, Sire--I, Etienne Gerard!”
+
+Unpleasant news always made the Emperor furious against the man who
+broke it. He railed at me now in the rasping, croaking, Corsican voice
+which only made itself heard when he had lost his self-control.
+
+“You were always a buffoon,” he cried. “What do you mean, you numskull,
+by saying that they are Prussians? How could Prussians be coming from
+the direction of France? You have lost any wits that you ever
+possessed.”
+
+His words cut me like a whip, and yet we all felt toward the Emperor as
+an old dog does to its master.
+
+His kick is soon forgotten and forgiven. I would not argue or justify
+myself. At the first glance I had seen the two white stockings on the
+forelegs of the leading horse, and I knew well that Count Stein was on
+its back.
+
+For an instant the nine horsemen had halted and surveyed us. Now they
+put spurs to their horses, and with a yell of triumph they galloped down
+the road. They had recognised that their prey was in their power.
+
+At that swift advance all doubt had vanished. “By heavens, Sire, it is
+indeed the Prussians!” cried Soult.
+
+Lobau and Bertrand ran about the road like two frightened hens. The
+sergeant of Chasseurs drew his sabre with a volley of curses. The
+coachman and the valet cried and wrung their hands. Napoleon stood
+with a frozen face, one foot on the step of the carriage. And I--ah, my
+friends, I was magnificent! What words can I use to do justice to my own
+bearing at that supreme instant of my life? So coldly alert, so deadly
+cool, so clear in brain and ready in hand. He had called me a numskull
+and a buffoon. How quick and how noble was my revenge! When his own wits
+failed him, it was Etienne Gerard who supplied the want.
+
+To fight was absurd; to fly was ridiculous. The Emperor was stout, and
+weary to death. At the best he was never a good rider. How could he fly
+from these, the picked men of an army? The best horseman in Prussia was
+among them. But I was the best horseman in France. I, and only I,
+could hold my own with them. If they were on my track instead of the
+Emperor's, all might still be well. These were the thoughts which
+flashed so swiftly through my mind that in an instant I had sprung from
+the first idea to the final conclusion. Another instant carried me from
+the final conclusion to prompt and vigorous action. I rushed to the side
+of the Emperor, who stood petrified, with the carriage between him and
+our enemies. “Your coat, Sire! your hat!” I cried. I dragged them off
+him.
+
+Never had he been so hustled in his life. In an instant I had them on
+and had thrust him into the carriage. The next I had sprung on to his
+famous white Arab and had ridden clear of the group upon the road.
+
+You have already divined my plan; but you may well ask how could I hope
+to pass myself off as the Emperor.
+
+My figure is as you still see it, and his was never beautiful, for he
+was both short and stout. But a man's height is not remarked when he is
+in the saddle, and for the rest one had but to sit forward on the horse
+and round one's back and carry oneself like a sack of flour. I wore the
+little cocked hat and the loose grey coat with the silver star which was
+known to every child from one end of Europe to the other. Beneath me was
+the Emperor's own famous white charger. It was complete.
+
+Already as I rode clear the Prussians were within two hundred yards of
+us. I made a gesture of terror and despair with my hands, and I sprang
+my horse over the bank which lined the road. It was enough. A yell of
+exultation and of furious hatred broke from the Prussians.
+
+It was the howl of starving wolves who scent their prey. I spurred my
+horse over the meadow-land and looked back under my arm as I rode. Oh,
+the glorious moment when one after the other I saw eight horsemen come
+over the bank at my heels! Only one had stayed behind, and I heard
+shouting and the sounds of a struggle. I remembered my old sergeant of
+Chasseurs, and I was sure that number nine would trouble us no more. The
+road was clear and the Emperor free to continue his journey.
+
+But now I had to think of myself. If I were overtaken the Prussians
+would certainly make short work of me in their disappointment. If it
+were so--if I lost my life--I should still have sold it at a glorious
+price. But I had hopes that I might shake them off. With ordinary
+horsemen upon ordinary horses I should have had no difficulty in doing
+so, but here both steeds and riders were of the best. It was a grand
+creature that I rode, but it was weary with its long night's work, and
+the Emperor was one of those riders who do not know how to manage
+a horse. He had little thought for them and a heavy hand upon their
+mouths. On the other hand, Stein and his men had come both far and fast.
+The race was a fair one.
+
+So quick had been my impulse, and so rapidly had I acted upon it, that
+I had not thought enough of my own safety. Had I done so in the first
+instance I should, of course, have ridden straight back the way we had
+come, for so I should have met our own people. But I was off the road
+and had galloped a mile over the plain before this occurred to me. Then
+when I looked back I saw that the Prussians had spread out into a long
+line, so as to head me off from the Charleroi road. I could not turn
+back, but at least I could edge toward the north. I knew that the whole
+face of the country was covered with our flying troops, and that sooner
+or later I must come upon some of them.
+
+But one thing I had forgotten--the Sambre. In my excitement I never gave
+it a thought until I saw it, deep and broad, gleaming in the morning
+sunlight. It barred my path, and the Prussians howled behind me. I
+galloped to the brink, but the horse refused the plunge. I spurred him,
+but the bank was high and the stream deep.
+
+He shrank back trembling and snorting. The yells of triumph were louder
+every instant. I turned and rode for my life down the river bank.
+It formed a loop at this part, and I must get across somehow, for my
+retreat was blocked. Suddenly a thrill of hope ran through me, for I saw
+a house on my side of the stream and another on the farther bank. Where
+there are two such houses it usually means that there is a ford between
+them. A sloping path led to the brink and I urged my horse down it. On
+he went, the water up to the saddle, the foam flying right and left.
+He blundered once and I thought we were lost, but he recovered and an
+instant later was clattering up the farther slope. As we came out I
+heard the splash behind me as the first Prussian took the water. There
+was just the breadth of the Sambre between us.
+
+I rode with my head sunk between my shoulders in Napoleon's fashion, and
+I did not dare to look back for fear they should see my moustache. I had
+turned up the collar of the grey coat so as partly to hide it. Even
+now if they found out their mistake they might turn and overtake the
+carriage. But when once we were on the road I could tell by the drumming
+of their hoofs how far distant they were, and it seemed to me that the
+sound grew perceptibly louder, as if they were slowly gaining upon me.
+We were riding now up the stony and rutted lane which led from the ford.
+I peeped back very cautiously from under my arm and I perceived that my
+danger came from a single rider, who was far ahead of his comrades.
+
+He was a Hussar, a very tiny fellow, upon a big black horse, and it was
+his light weight which had brought him into the foremost place. It is
+a place of honour; but it is also a place of danger, as he was soon to
+learn. I felt the holsters, but, to my horror, there were no pistols.
+There was a field-glass in one and the other was stuffed with papers. My
+sword had been left behind with Violette.
+
+Had I only my own weapons and my own little mare I could have played
+with these rascals. But I was not entirely unarmed. The Emperor's own
+sword hung to the saddle. It was curved and short, the hilt all crusted
+with gold--a thing more fitted to glitter at a review than to serve a
+soldier in his deadly need. I drew it, such as it was, and I waited my
+chance. Every instant the clink and clatter of the hoofs grew nearer.
+I heard the panting of the horse, and the fellow shouted some threat at
+me. There was a turn in the lane, and as I rounded it I drew up my white
+Arab on his haunches. As we spun round I met the Prussian Hussar face to
+face. He was going too fast to stop, and his only chance was to ride me
+down. Had he done so he might have met his own death, but he would have
+injured me or my horse past all hope of escape. But the fool flinched as
+he saw me waiting and flew past me on my right. I lunged over my Arab's
+neck and buried my toy sword in his side. It must have been the finest
+steel and as sharp as a razor, for I hardly felt it enter, and yet his
+blood was within three inches of the hilt. His horse galloped on and he
+kept his saddle for a hundred yards before he sank down with his face on
+the mane and then dived over the side of the neck on to the road. For my
+own part I was already at his horse's heels. A few seconds had sufficed
+for all that I have told.
+
+I heard the cry of rage and vengeance which rose from the Prussians as
+they passed their dead comrade, and I could not but smile as I wondered
+what they could think of the Emperor as a horseman and a swordsman. I
+glanced back cautiously as before, and I saw that none of the seven men
+stopped. The fate of their comrade was nothing compared to the carrying
+out of their mission.
+
+They were as untiring and as remorseless as bloodhounds.
+
+But I had a good lead and the brave Arab was still going well. I thought
+that I was safe. And yet it was at that very instant that the most
+terrible danger befell me. The lane divided, and I took the smaller of
+the two divisions because it was the more grassy and the easier for the
+horse's hoofs. Imagine my horror when, riding through a gate, I found
+myself in a square of stables and farm-buildings, with no way out save
+that by which I had come! Ah, my friends, if my hair is snowy white,
+have I not had enough to make it so?
+
+To retreat was impossible. I could hear the thunder of the Prussians'
+hoofs in the lane. I looked round me, and Nature has blessed me with
+that quick eye which is the first of gifts to any soldier, but most of
+all to a leader of cavalry. Between a long, low line of stables and the
+farm-house there was a pig-sty. Its front was made of bars of wood four
+feet high; the back was of stone, higher than the front. What was beyond
+I could not tell. The space between the front and the back was not more
+than a few yards. It was a desperate venture, and yet I must take it.
+Every instant the beating of those hurrying hoofs was louder and louder.
+I put my Arab at the pig-sty. She cleared the front beautifully and came
+down with her forefeet upon the sleeping pig within, slipping forward
+upon her knees. I was thrown over the wall beyond, and fell upon my
+hands and face in a soft flower-bed. My horse was upon one side of the
+wall, I upon the other, and the Prussians were pouring into the yard.
+But I was up in an instant and had seized the bridle of the plunging
+horse over the top of the wall. It was built of loose stones, and I
+dragged down a few of them to make a gap. As I tugged at the bridle and
+shouted the gallant creature rose to the leap, and an instant afterward
+she was by my side and I with my foot on the stirrup.
+
+An heroic idea had entered my mind as I mounted into the saddle. These
+Prussians, if they came over the pig-sty, could only come one at once,
+and their attack would not be formidable when they had not had time to
+recover from such a leap. Why should I not wait and kill them one by
+one as they came over? It was a glorious thought. They would learn that
+Etienne Gerard was not a safe man to hunt. My hand felt for my sword,
+but you can imagine my feelings, my friends, when I came upon an empty
+scabbard. It had been shaken out when the horse had tripped over that
+infernal pig. On what absurd trifles do our destinies hang--a pig on one
+side, Etienne Gerard on the other! Could I spring over the wall and get
+the sword? Impossible! The Prussians were already in the yard. I turned
+my Arab and resumed my flight.
+
+But for a moment it seemed to me that I was in a far worse trap than
+before. I found myself in the garden of the farm-house, an orchard in
+the centre and flower-beds all round. A high wall surrounded the whole
+place. I reflected, however, that there must be some point of entrance,
+since every visitor could not be expected to spring over the pig-sty. I
+rode round the wall. As I expected, I came upon a door with a key upon
+the inner side. I dismounted, unlocked it, opened it, and there was a
+Prussian Lancer sitting his horse within six feet of me.
+
+For a moment we each stared at the other. Then I shut the door and
+locked it again. A crash and a cry came from the other end of the
+garden. I understood that one of my enemies had come to grief in trying
+to get over the pig-sty. How could I ever get out of this cul-de-sac?
+It was evident that some of the party had galloped round, while some had
+followed straight upon my tracks. Had I my sword I might have beaten off
+the Lancer at the door, but to come out now was to be butchered. And
+yet if I waited some of them would certainly follow me on foot over the
+pig-sty, and what could I do then? I must act at once or I was lost. But
+it is at such moments that my wits are most active and my actions most
+prompt. Still leading my horse, I ran for a hundred yards by the side
+of the wall away from the spot where the Lancer was watching. There I
+stopped, and with an effort I tumbled down several of the loose stones
+from the top of the wall. The instant I had done so I hurried back to
+the door. As I had expected, he thought I was making a gap for my escape
+at that point, and I heard the thud of his horse's hoofs as he galloped
+to cut me off. As I reached the gate I looked back, and I saw a
+green-coated horseman, whom I knew to be Count Stein, clear the pig-sty
+and gallop furiously with a shout of triumph across the garden.
+
+“Surrender, your Majesty, surrender!” he yelled; “we will give you
+quarter!” I slipped through the gate, but had no time to lock it on
+the other side. Stein was at my very heels, and the Lancer had already
+turned his horse. Springing upon my Arab's back, I was off once more
+with a clear stretch of grass land before me. Stein had to dismount to
+open the gate, to lead his horse through, and to mount again before he
+could follow.
+
+It was he that I feared rather than the Lancer, whose horse was
+coarse-bred and weary. I galloped hard for a mile before I ventured to
+look back, and then Stein was a musket-shot from me, and the Lancer
+as much again, while only three of the others were in sight. My nine
+Prussians were coming down to more manageable numbers, and yet one was
+too much for an unarmed man.
+
+It had surprised me that during this long chase I had seen no fugitives
+from the army, but I reflected that I was considerably to the west of
+their line of flight, and that I must edge more toward the east if I
+wished to join them. Unless I did so it was probable that my pursuers,
+even if they could not overtake me themselves, would keep me in view
+until I was headed off by some of their comrades coming from the
+north. As I looked to the eastward I saw afar off a line of dust which
+stretched for miles across the country. This was certainly the main road
+along which our unhappy army was flying. But I soon had proof that
+some of our stragglers had wandered into these side tracks, for I came
+suddenly upon a horse grazing at the corner of a field, and beside
+him, with his back against the bank, his master, a French Cuirassier,
+terribly wounded and evidently on the point of death. I sprang down,
+seized his long, heavy sword, and rode on with it. Never shall I forget
+the poor man's face as he looked at me with his failing sight. He was an
+old, grey-moustached soldier, one of the real fanatics, and to him this
+last vision of his Emperor was like a revelation from on high.
+
+Astonishment, love, pride--all shone in his pallid face. He said
+something--I fear they were his last words--but I had no time to listen,
+and I galloped on my way.
+
+All this time I had been on the meadow-land, which was intersected in
+this part by broad ditches. Some of them could not have been less than
+from fourteen to fifteen feet, and my heart was in my mouth as I went at
+each of them, for a slip would have been my ruin.
+
+But whoever selected the Emperor's horses had done his work well. The
+creature, save when it balked on the bank of the Sambre, never failed me
+for an instant.
+
+We cleared everything in one stride. And yet we could not shake off!
+those infernal Prussians. As I left each water-course behind me I looked
+back with renewed hope; but it was only to see Stein on his white-legged
+chestnut flying over it as lightly as I had done myself. He was my
+enemy, but I honoured him for the way in which he carried himself that
+day.
+
+Again and again I measured the distance which separated him from the
+next horseman. I had the idea that I might turn and cut him down, as
+I had the Hussar, before his comrade could come to his help. But the
+others had closed up and were not far behind. I reflected that this Stein
+was probably as fine a swordsman as he was a rider, and that it might
+take me some little time to get the better of him. In that case the
+others would come to his aid and I should be lost. On the whole, it was
+wiser to continue my flight.
+
+A road with poplars on either side ran across the plain from east to
+west. It would lead me toward that long line of dust which marked the
+French retreat. I wheeled my horse, therefore, and galloped down it. As
+I rode I saw a single house in front of me upon the right, with a great
+bush hung over the door to mark it as an inn. Outside there were several
+peasants, but for them I cared nothing. What frightened me was to see
+the gleam of a red coat, which showed that there were British in the
+place. However, I could not turn and I could not stop, so there was
+nothing for it but to gallop on and to take my chance. There were no
+troops in sight, so these men must be stragglers or marauders, from whom
+I had little to fear. As I approached I saw that there were two of them
+sitting drinking on a bench outside the inn door. I saw them stagger to
+their feet, and it was evident that they were both very drunk. One stood
+swaying in the middle of the road.
+
+“It's Boney! So help me, it's Boney!” he yelled. He ran with his hands
+out to catch me, but luckily for himself his drunken feet stumbled and
+he fell on his face on the road. The other was more dangerous. He had
+rushed into the inn, and just as I passed I saw him run out with his
+musket in his hand. He dropped upon one knee, and I stooped forward over
+my horse's neck.
+
+A single shot from a Prussian or an Austrian is a small matter, but
+the British were at that time the best shots in Europe, and my drunkard
+seemed steady enough when he had a gun at his shoulder. I heard the
+crack, and my horse gave a convulsive spring which would have unseated
+many a rider. For an instant I thought he was killed, but when I turned
+in my saddle I saw a stream of blood running down the off hind-quarter.
+I looked back at the Englishman, and the brute had bitten the end off
+another cartridge and was ramming it into his musket, but before he had
+it primed we were beyond his range. These men were foot-soldiers and
+could not join in the chase, but I heard them whooping and tally-hoing
+behind me as if I had been a fox. The peasants also shouted and ran
+through the fields flourishing their sticks. From all sides I heard
+cries, and everywhere were the rushing, waving figures of my pursuers.
+To think of the great Emperor being chivvied over the country-side in
+this fashion! It made me long to have these rascals within the sweep of
+my sword.
+
+But now I felt that I was nearing the end of my course. I had done all
+that a man could be expected to do--some would say more--but at last I
+had come to a point from which I could see no escape. The horses of my
+pursuers were exhausted, but mine was exhausted and wounded also. It was
+losing blood fast, and we left a red trail upon the white, dusty road.
+Already his pace was slackening, and sooner or later he must drop under
+me. I looked back, and there were the five inevitable Prussians--Stein
+a hundred yards in front, then a Lancer, and then three others riding
+together.
+
+Stein had drawn his sword, and he waved it at me. For my own part I was
+determined not to give myself up.
+
+I would try how many of these Prussians I could take with me into the
+other world. At this supreme moment all the great deeds of my life rose
+in a vision before me, and I felt that this, my last exploit, was indeed
+a worthy close to such a career. My death would be a fatal blow to those
+who loved me, to my dear mother, to my Hussars, to others who shall be
+nameless. But all of them had my honour and my fame at heart, and I felt
+that their grief would be tinged with pride when they learned how I had
+ridden and how I had fought upon this last day. Therefore I hardened my
+heart and, as my Arab limped more and more upon his wounded leg, I drew
+the great sword which I had taken from the Cuirassier, and I set my
+teeth for my supreme struggle. My hand was in the very act of tightening
+the bridle, for I feared that if I delayed longer I might find myself on
+foot fighting against five mounted men.
+
+At that instant my eye fell upon something which brought hope to my
+heart and a shout of joy to my lips.
+
+From a grove of trees in front of me there projected the steeple of a
+village church. But there could not be two steeples like that, for the
+corner of it had crumbled away or been struck by lightning, so that it
+was of a most fantastic shape. I had seen it only two days before,
+and it was the church of the village of Gosselies. It was not the hope
+of reaching the village which set my heart singing with joy, but it was
+that I knew my ground now, and that farm-house not half a mile ahead,
+with its gable end sticking out from amid the trees, must be that very
+farm of St. Aunay where we had bivouacked, and which I had named to
+Captain Sabbatier as the rendezvous of the Hussars of Conflans. There
+they were, my little rascals, if I could but reach them. With every
+bound my horse grew weaker. Each instant the sound of the pursuit grew
+louder. I heard a gust of crackling German oaths at my very heels. A
+pistol bullet sighed in my ears. Spurring frantically and beating my
+poor Arab with the flat of my sword I kept him at the top of his speed.
+The open gate of the farm-yard lay before me. I saw the twinkle of steel
+within. Stein's horse's head was within ten yards of me as I thundered
+through.
+
+“To me, comrades! To me!” I yelled. I heard a buzz as when the angry
+bees swarm from their nest. Then my splendid white Arab fell dead under
+me and I was hurled on to the cobble-stones of the yard, where I can
+remember no more.
+
+Such was my last and most famous exploit, my dear friends, a story which
+rang through Europe and has made the name of Etienne Gerard famous in
+history.
+
+Alas! that all my efforts could only give the Emperor a few weeks more
+liberty, since he surrendered upon the 15th of July to the English. But
+it was not my fault that he was not able to collect the forces still
+waiting for him in France, and to fight another Waterloo with a happier
+ending. Had others been as loyal as I was the history of the world might
+have been changed, the Emperor would have preserved his throne, and such
+a soldier as I would not have been left to spend his life in planting
+cabbages or to while away his old age telling stories in a cafe. You ask
+me about the fate of Stein and the Prussian horsemen! Of the three
+who dropped upon the way I know nothing. One you will remember that I
+killed. There remained five, three of whom were cut down by my Hussars,
+who, for the instant, were under the impression that it was indeed the
+Emperor whom they were defending. Stein was taken, slightly wounded, and
+so was one of the Uhlans. The truth was not told to them, for we thought
+it best that no news, or false news, should get about as to where the
+Emperor was, so that Count Stein still believed that he was within a few
+yards of making that tremendous capture. “You may well love and honour
+your Emperor,” said he, “for such a horseman and such a swordsman I have
+never seen.” He could not understand why the young colonel of Hussars
+laughed so heartily at his words--but he has learned since.
+
+
+
+
+VIII. The Last Adventure of the Brigadier
+
+I will tell you no more stories, my dear friends. It is said that man is
+like the hare, which runs in a circle and comes back to die at the point
+from which it started.
+
+Gascony has been calling to me of late. I see the blue Garonne winding
+among the vineyards and the bluer ocean toward which its waters sweep.
+I see the old town also, and the bristle of masts from the side of the
+long stone quay. My heart hungers for the breath of my native air and
+the warm glow of my native sun.
+
+Here in Paris are my friends, my occupations, my pleasures. There all
+who have known me are in their grave. And yet the southwest wind as
+it rattles on my windows seems always to be the strong voice of the
+motherland calling her child back to that bosom into which I am ready to
+sink. I have played my part in my time. The time has passed. I must pass
+also.
+
+Nay, dear friends, do not look sad, for what can be happier than a life
+completed in honour and made beautiful with friendship and love? And
+yet it is solemn also when a man approaches the end of the long road and
+sees the turning which leads him into the unknown. But the Emperor and
+all his Marshals have ridden round that dark turning and passed into
+the beyond. My Hussars, too--there are not fifty men who are not waiting
+yonder. I must go. But on this the last night I will tell you that which
+is more than a tale--it is a great historical secret. My lips have
+been sealed, but I see no reason why I should not leave behind me some
+account of this remarkable adventure, which must otherwise be entirely
+lost, since I and only I, of all living men, have a knowledge of the
+facts.
+
+I will ask you to go back with me to the year 1821.
+
+In that year our great Emperor had been absent from us for six years,
+and only now and then from over the seas we heard some whisper which
+showed that he was still alive. You cannot think what a weight it was
+upon our hearts for us who loved him to think of him in captivity eating
+his giant soul out upon that lonely island. From the moment we rose
+until we closed our eyes in sleep the thought was always with us, and we
+felt dishonoured that he, our chief and master, should be so humiliated
+without our being able to move a hand to help him. There were many who
+would most willingly have laid down the remainder of their lives to
+bring him a little ease, and yet all that we could do was to sit and
+grumble in our cafes and stare at the map, counting up the leagues of
+water which lay between us.
+
+It seemed that he might have been in the moon for all that we could do
+to help him. But that was only because we were all soldiers and knew
+nothing of the sea.
+
+Of course, we had our own little troubles to make us bitter, as well as
+the wrongs of our Emperor. There were many of us who had held high rank
+and would hold it again if he came back to his own. We had not found
+it possible to take service under the white flag of the Bourbons, or to
+take an oath which might turn our sabres against the man whom we loved.
+So we found ourselves with neither work nor money. What could we do save
+gather together and gossip and grumble, while those who had a little
+paid the score and those who had nothing shared the bottle? Now and
+then, if we were lucky, we managed to pick a quarrel with one of the
+Garde du Corps, and if we left him on his hack in the Bois we felt that
+we had struck a blow for Napoleon once again. They came to know our
+haunts in time, and they avoided them as if they had been hornets'
+nests.
+
+There was one of these--the Sign of the Great Man--in the Rue Varennes,
+which was frequented by several of the more distinguished and
+younger Napoleonic officers. Nearly all of us had been colonels or
+aides-de-camp, and when any man of less distinction came among us we
+generally made him feel that he had taken a liberty. There were Captain
+Lepine, who had won the medal of honour at Leipzig; Colonel Bonnet,
+aide-de-camp to Macdonald; Colonel Jourdan, whose fame in the army was
+hardly second to my own; Sabbatier of my own Hussars, Meunier of the Red
+Lancers, Le Breton of the Guards, and a dozen others.
+
+Every night we met and talked, played dominoes, drank a glass or two,
+and wondered how long it would be before the Emperor would be back and
+we at the head of our regiments once more. The Bourbons had already
+lost any hold they ever had upon the country, as was shown a few years
+afterward, when Paris rose against them and they were hunted for the
+third time out of France. Napoleon had but to show himself on the
+coast, and he would have marched without firing a musket to the capital,
+exactly as he had done when he came back from Elba.
+
+Well, when affairs were in this state there arrived one night in
+February, in our cafe, a most singular little man. He was short
+but exceedingly broad, with huge shoulders, and a head which was a
+deformity, so large was it. His heavy brown face was scarred with white
+streaks in a most extraordinary manner, and he had grizzled whiskers
+such as seamen wear. Two gold earrings in his ears, and plentiful
+tattooing upon his hands and arms, told us also that he was of the sea
+before he introduced himself to us as Captain Fourneau, of the Emperor's
+navy. He had letters of introduction to two of our number, and there
+could be no doubt that he was devoted to the cause. He won our respect,
+too, for he had seen as much fighting as any of us, and the burns upon
+his face were caused by his standing to his post upon the Orient, at
+the Battle of the Nile, until the vessel blew up underneath him. Yet
+he would say little about himself, but he sat in the corner of the cafe
+watching us all with a wonderfully sharp pair of eyes and listening
+intently to our talk.
+
+One night I was leaving the cafe when Captain Fourneau followed me, and
+touching me on the arm he led me without saying a word for some distance
+until we reached his lodgings. “I wish to have a chat with you,” said
+he, and so conducted me up the stair to his room. There he lit a lamp
+and handed me a sheet of paper which he took from an envelope in his
+bureau. It was dated a few months before from the Palace of Schonbrunn
+at Vienna. “Captain Fourneau is acting in the highest interests of the
+Emperor Napoleon. Those who love the Emperor should obey him without
+question.--Marie Louise.” That is what I read. I was familiar with the
+signature of the Empress, and I could not doubt that this was genuine.
+
+“Well,” said he, “are you satisfied as to my credentials?”
+
+“Entirely.”
+
+“Are you prepared to take your orders from me?”
+
+“This document leaves me no choice.”
+
+“Good! In the first place, I understand from something you said in the
+cafe that you can speak English?”
+
+“Yes, I can.”
+
+“Let me hear you do so.”
+
+I said in English, “Whenever the Emperor needs the help of Etienne
+Gerard I am ready night and day to give my life in his service.” Captain
+Fourneau smiled.
+
+“It is funny English,” said he, “but still it is better than no English.
+For my own part I speak English like an Englishman. It is all that I
+have to show for six years spent in an English prison. Now I will tell
+you why I have come to Paris. I have come in order to choose an agent
+who will help me in a matter which affects the interests of the Emperor.
+I was told that it was at the cafe of the Great Man that I would find
+the pick of his old officers, and that I could rely upon every man there
+being devoted to his interests. I studied you all, therefore, and I have
+come to the conclusion that you are the one who is most suited for my
+purpose.”
+
+I acknowledged the compliment. “What is it that you wish me to do?” I
+asked.
+
+“Merely to keep me company for a few months,” said he. “You must know
+that after my release in England I settled down there, married an
+English wife, and rose to command a small English merchant ship, in
+which I have made several voyages from Southampton to the Guinea coast.
+They look on me there as an Englishman. You can understand, however,
+that with my feelings about the Emperor I am lonely sometimes, and that
+it would be an advantage to me to have a companion who would sympathize
+with my thoughts. One gets very bored on these long voyages, and I would
+make it worth your while to share my cabin.”
+
+He looked hard at me with his shrewd grey eyes all the time that he was
+uttering this rigmarole, and I gave him a glance in return which showed
+him that he was not dealing with a fool. He took out a canvas bag full
+of money.
+
+“There are a hundred pounds in gold in this bag,” said he. “You will be
+able to buy some comforts for your voyage. I should recommend you to get
+them in Southampton, whence we will start in ten days. The name of the
+vessel is the Black Swan. I return to Southampton to-morrow, and I shall
+hope to see you in the course of the next week.”
+
+“Come now,” said I. “Tell me frankly what is the destination of our
+voyage?”
+
+“Oh, didn't I tell you?” he answered. “We are bound for the Guinea coast
+of Africa.”
+
+“Then how can that be in the highest interests of the Emperor?” I asked.
+
+“It is in his highest interests that you ask no indiscreet questions and
+I give no indiscreet replies,” he answered, sharply. So he brought the
+interview to an end, and I found myself back in my lodgings with nothing
+save this bag of gold to show that this singular interview had indeed
+taken place.
+
+There was every reason why I should see the adventure to a conclusion,
+and so within a week I was on my way to England. I passed from St.
+Malo to Southampton, and on inquiry at the docks I had no difficulty in
+finding the Black Swan, a neat little vessel of a shape which is called,
+as I learned afterward, a brig. There was Captain Fourneau himself upon
+the deck, and seven or eight rough fellows hard at work grooming her and
+making her ready for sea. He greeted me and led me down to his cabin.
+
+“You are plain Mr. Gerard now,” said he, “and a Channel Islander. I
+would be obliged to you if you would kindly forget your military ways
+and drop your cavalry swagger when you walk up and down my deck.
+A beard, too, would seem more sailor-like than those moustaches.”
+
+I was horrified by his words, but, after all, there are no ladies on the
+high seas, and what did it matter? He rang for the steward.
+
+“Gustav,” said he, “you will pay every attention to my friend, Monsieur
+Etienne Gerard, who makes this voyage with us. This is Gustav Kerouan,
+my Breton steward,” he explained, “and you are very safe in his hands.”
+
+This steward, with his harsh face and stern eyes, looked a very warlike
+person for so peaceful an employment.
+
+I said nothing, however, though you may guess that I kept my eyes open.
+A berth had been prepared for me next the cabin, which would have
+seemed comfortable enough had it not contrasted with the extraordinary
+splendour of Fourneau's quarters. He was certainly a most luxurious
+person, for his room was new-fitted with velvet and silver in a way
+which would have suited the yacht of a noble better than a little West
+African trader.
+
+So thought the mate, Mr. Burns, who could not hide his amusement and
+contempt whenever he looked at it.
+
+This fellow, a big, solid, red-headed Englishman, had the other berth
+connected with the cabin. There was a second mate named Turner, who
+lodged in the middle of the ship, and there were nine men and one boy
+in the crew, three of whom, as I was informed by Mr. Burns, were Channel
+Islanders like myself. This Burns, the first mate, was much interested
+to know why I was coming with them.
+
+“I come for pleasure,” said I.
+
+He stared at me.
+
+“Ever been to the West Coast?” he asked.
+
+I said that I had not.
+
+“I thought not,” said he. “You'll never come again for that reason,
+anyhow.”
+
+Some three days after my arrival we untied the ropes by which the ship
+was tethered and we set off upon our journey. I was never a good sailor,
+and I may confess that we were far out of sight of any land before I was
+able to venture upon deck. At last, however, upon the fifth day I drank
+the soup which the good Kerouan brought me, and I was able to crawl from
+my bunk and up the stair. The fresh air revived me, and from that time
+onward I accommodated myself to the motion of the vessel. My beard had
+begun to grow also, and I have no doubt that I should have made as fine
+a sailor as I have a soldier had I chanced to be born to that branch of
+the service. I learned to pull the ropes which hoisted the sails, and
+also to haul round the long sticks to which they are attached. For the
+most part, however, my duties were to play ecarte with Captain Fourneau,
+and to act as his companion. It was not strange that he should need one,
+for neither of his mates could read or write, though each of them was an
+excellent seaman.
+
+If our captain had died suddenly I cannot imagine how we should have
+found our way in that waste of waters, for it was only he who had the
+knowledge which enabled him to mark our place upon the chart. He had
+this fixed upon the cabin wall, and every day he put our course upon it
+so that we could see at a glance how far we were from our destination.
+It was wonderful how well he could calculate it, for one morning he said
+that we should see the Cape Verd light that very night, and there it
+was, sure enough, upon our left front the moment that darkness came.
+Next day, however, the land was out of sight, and Burns, the mate,
+explained to me that we should see no more until we came to our port in
+the Gulf of Biafra. Every day we flew south with a favouring wind, and
+always at noon the pin upon the chart was moved nearer and nearer to the
+African coast. I may explain that palm oil was the cargo which we were
+in search of, and that our own lading consisted of coloured cloths, old
+muskets, and such other trifles as the English sell to the savages.
+
+At last the wind which had followed us so long died away, and for
+several days we drifted about on a calm and oily sea, under a sun which
+brought the pitch bubbling out between the planks upon the deck. We
+turned and turned our sails to catch every wandering puff, until at
+last we came out of this belt of calm and ran south again with a brisk
+breeze, the sea all round us being alive with flying fishes. For some
+days Burns appeared to be uneasy, and I observed him continually shading
+his eyes with his hand and staring at the horizon as if he were looking
+for land. Twice I caught him with his red head against the chart in the
+cabin, gazing at that pin, which was always approaching and yet never
+reaching the African coast. At last one evening, as Captain Fourneau and
+I were playing ecarte in the cabin, the mate entered with an angry look
+upon his sunburned face.
+
+“I beg your pardon, Captain Fourneau,” said he.
+
+“But do you know what course the man at the wheel is steering?”
+
+“Due south,” the captain answered, with his eyes fixed upon his cards.
+
+“And he should be steering due east.”
+
+“How do you make that out?”
+
+The mate gave an angry growl.
+
+“I may not have much education,” said he, “but let me tell you this,
+Captain Fourneau, I've sailed these waters since I was a little nipper
+of ten, and I know the line when I'm on it, and I know the doldrums, and
+I know how to find my way to the oil rivers. We are south of the line
+now, and we should be steering due east instead of due south if your
+port is the port that the owners sent you to.”
+
+“Excuse me, Mr. Gerard. Just remember that it is my lead,” said the
+captain, laying down his cards.
+
+“Come to the map here, Mr. Burns, and I will give you a lesson in
+practical navigation. Here is the trade wind from the southwest and here
+is the line, and here is the port that we want to make, and here is
+a man who will have his own way aboard his own ship.” As he spoke he
+seized the unfortunate mate by the throat and squeezed him until he was
+nearly senseless. Kerouan, the steward, had rushed in with a rope, and
+between them they gagged and trussed the man, so that he was utterly
+helpless.
+
+“There is one of our Frenchmen at the wheel. We had best put the mate
+overboard,” said the steward.
+
+“That is safest,” said Captain Fourneau.
+
+But that was more than I could stand. Nothing would persuade me to agree
+to the death of a helpless man.
+
+With a bad grace Captain Fourneau consented to spare him, and we carried
+him to the after-hold, which lay under the cabin. There he was laid
+among the bales of Manchester cloth.
+
+“It is not worth while to put down the hatch,” said Captain Fourneau.
+“Gustav, go to Mr. Turner and tell him that I would like to have a word
+with him.”
+
+The unsuspecting second mate entered the cabin, and was instantly gagged
+and secured as Burns had been.
+
+He was carried down and laid beside his comrade. The hatch was then
+replaced.
+
+“Our hands have been forced by that red-headed dolt,” said the captain,
+“and I have had to explode my mine before I wished. However, there is no
+great harm done, and it will not seriously disarrange my plans.
+
+“Kerouan, you will take a keg of rum forward to the crew and tell them
+that the captain gives it to them to drink his health on the occasion of
+crossing the line.
+
+“They will know no better. As to our own fellows, bring them down to
+your pantry so that we may be sure that they are ready for business.
+Now, Colonel Gerard, with your permission we will resume our game of
+ecarte.”
+
+It is one of those occasions which one does not forget.
+
+This captain, who was a man of iron, shuffled and cut, dealt and
+played as if he were in his cafe. From below we heard the inarticulate
+murmurings of the two mates, half smothered by the handkerchiefs which
+gagged them. Outside the timbers creaked and the sails hummed under the
+brisk breeze which was sweeping us upon our way. Amid the splash of the
+waves and the whistle of the wind we heard the wild cheers and shoutings
+of the English sailors as they broached the keg of rum. We played
+half-a-dozen games and then the captain rose. “I think they are ready
+for us now,” said he. He took a brace of pistols from a locker, and he
+handed one of them to me.
+
+But we had no need to fear resistance, for there was no one to resist.
+The Englishman of those days, whether soldier or sailor, was an
+incorrigible drunkard.
+
+Without drink he was a brave and good man. But if drink were laid before
+him it was a perfect madness--nothing could induce him to take it with
+moderation.
+
+In the dim light of the den which they inhabited, five senseless figures
+and two shouting, swearing, singing madmen represented the crew of the
+Black Swan. Coils of rope were brought forward by the steward, and with
+the help of two French seamen (the third was at the wheel) we secured
+the drunkards and tied them up, so that it was impossible for them to
+speak or move. They were placed under the fore-hatch, as their officers
+had been under the after one, and Kerouan was directed twice a day to
+give them food and drink. So at last we found that the Black Swan was
+entirely our own.
+
+Had there been bad weather I do not know what we should have done, but
+we still went gaily upon our way with a wind which was strong enough to
+drive us swiftly south, but not strong enough to cause us alarm. On the
+evening of the third day I found Captain Fourneau gazing eagerly out
+from the platform in the front of the vessel. “Look, Gerard, look!” he
+cried, and pointed over the pole which stuck out in front.
+
+A light blue sky rose from a dark blue sea, and far away, at the point
+where they met, was a shadowy something like a cloud, but more definite
+in shape.
+
+“What is it?” I cried.
+
+“It is land.”
+
+“And what land?”
+
+I strained my ears for the answer, and yet I knew already what the
+answer would be.
+
+“It is St. Helena.”
+
+Here, then, was the island of my dreams! Here was the cage where our
+great Eagle of France was confined!
+
+All those thousands of leagues of water had not sufficed to keep Gerard
+from the master whom he loved.
+
+There he was, there on that cloud-bank yonder over the dark blue sea.
+How my eyes devoured it! How my soul flew in front of the vessel--flew
+on and on to tell him that he was not forgotten, that after many days
+one faithful servant was coming to his side. Every instant the dark blur
+upon the water grew harder and clearer.
+
+Soon I could see plainly enough that it was indeed a mountainous island.
+The night fell, but still I knelt upon the deck, with my eyes fixed upon
+the darkness which covered the spot where I knew that the great Emperor
+was. An hour passed and another one, and then suddenly a little golden
+twinkling light shone out exactly ahead of us. It was the light of the
+window of some house--perhaps of his house. It could not be more than
+a mile or two away. Oh, how I held out my hands to it!--they were the
+hands of Etienne Gerard, but it was for all France that they were held
+out.
+
+Every light had been extinguished aboard our ship, and presently, at
+the direction of Captain Fourneau, we all pulled upon one of the ropes,
+which had the effect of swinging round one of the sticks above us, and
+so stopping the vessel. Then he asked me to step down to the cabin.
+
+“You understand everything now, Colonel Gerard,” said he, “and you will
+forgive me if I did not take you into my complete confidence before.
+In a matter of such importance I make no man my confidant. I have long
+planned the rescue of the Emperor, and my remaining in England and
+joining their merchant service was entirely with that design. All has
+worked out exactly as I expected. I have made several successful voyages
+to the West Coast of Africa, so that there was no difficulty in my
+obtaining the command of this one. One by one I got these old French
+man-of-war's-men among the hands. As to you, I was anxious to have one
+tried fighting man in case of resistance, and I also desired to have a
+fitting companion for the Emperor during his long homeward voyage. My
+cabin is already fitted up for his use. I trust that before to-morrow
+morning he will be inside it, and we out of sight of this accursed
+island.”
+
+You can think of my emotion, my friends, as I listened to these words.
+I embraced the brave Fourneau, and implored him to tell me how I could
+assist him.
+
+“I must leave it all in your hands,” said he. “Would that I could have
+been the first to pay him homage, but it would not be wise for me to
+go. The glass is falling, there is a storm brewing, and we have the land
+under our lee. Besides, there are three English cruisers near the island
+which may be upon us at any moment. It is for me, therefore, to guard
+the ship and for you to bring off the Emperor.”
+
+I thrilled at the words.
+
+“Give me your instructions!” I cried.
+
+“I can only spare you one man, for already I can hardly pull round the
+yards,” said he. “One of the boats has been lowered, and this man will
+row you ashore and await your return. The light which you see is indeed
+the light of Longwood. All who are in the house are your friends, and
+all may be depended upon to aid the Emperor's escape. There is a cordon
+of English sentries, but they are not very near to the house. Once you
+have got as far as that you will convey our plans to the Emperor, guide
+him down to the boat, and bring him on board.”
+
+The Emperor himself could not have given his instructions more shortly
+and clearly. There was not a moment to be lost. The boat with the seaman
+was waiting alongside. I stepped into it, and an instant afterward we
+had pushed off. Our little boat danced over the dark waters, but always
+shining before my eyes was the light of Longwood, the light of the
+Emperor, the star of hope. Presently the bottom of the boat grated upon
+the pebbles of the beach. It was a deserted cove, and no challenge from
+a sentry came to disturb us. I left the seaman by the boat and I began
+to climb the hillside.
+
+There was a goat track winding in and out among the rocks, so I had no
+difficulty in finding my way. It stands to reason that all paths in St.
+Helena would lead to the Emperor. I came to a gate. No sentry--and
+I passed through. Another gate--still no sentry! I wondered what had
+become of this cordon of which Fourneau had spoken. I had come now to
+the top of my climb, for there was the light burning steadily right in
+front of me. I concealed myself and took a good look round, but still I
+could see no sign of the enemy. As I approached I saw the house, a long,
+low building with a veranda. A man was walking up and down upon the path
+in front. I crept nearer and had a look at him.
+
+Perhaps it was this cursed Hudson Lowe. What a triumph if I could not
+only rescue the Emperor, but also avenge him! But it was more likely
+that this man was an English sentry. I crept nearer still, and the man
+stopped in front of the lighted window, so that I could see him. No; it
+was no soldier, but a priest. I wondered what such a man could be doing
+there at two in the morning. Was he French or English? If he were one of
+the household I might take him into my confidence. If he were English he
+might ruin all my plans.
+
+I crept a little nearer still, and at that moment he entered the house,
+a flood of light pouring out through the open door. All was clear for me
+now and I understood that not an instant was to be lost. Bending myself
+double I ran swiftly forward to the lighted window.
+
+Raising my head I peeped through, and there was the Emperor lying dead
+before me.
+
+My friends, I fell down upon the gravel walk as senseless as if a bullet
+had passed through my brain. So great was the shock that I wonder that I
+survived it.
+
+And yet in half an hour I had staggered to my feet again, shivering in
+every limb, my teeth chattering, and there I stood staring with the eyes
+of a maniac into that room of death.
+
+He lay upon a bier in the centre of the chamber, calm, composed,
+majestic, his face full of that reserve power which lightened our hearts
+upon the day of battle. A half-smile was fixed upon his pale lips, and
+his eyes, half-opened, seemed to be turned on mine. He was stouter
+than when I had seen him at Waterloo, and there was a gentleness of
+expression which I had never seen in life. On either side of him burned
+rows of candles, and this was the beacon which had welcomed us at sea,
+which had guided me over the water, and which I had hailed as my star
+of hope. Dimly I became conscious that many people were kneeling in
+the room; the little Court, men and women, who had shared his fortunes,
+Bertrand, his wife, the priest, Montholon--all were there. I would have
+prayed too, but my heart was too heavy and bitter for prayer. And yet
+I must leave, and I could not leave him without a sign. Regardless of
+whether I was seen or not, I drew myself erect before my dead leader,
+brought my heels together, and raised my hand in a last salute. Then I
+turned and hurried off through the darkness, with the picture of the wan,
+smiling lips and the steady grey eyes dancing always before me.
+
+It had seemed to me but a little time that I had been away, and yet the
+boatman told me that it was hours.
+
+Only when he spoke of it did I observe that the wind was blowing half
+a gale from the sea and that the waves were roaring in upon the beach.
+Twice we tried to push out our little boat, and twice it was thrown back
+by the sea. The third time a great wave filled it and stove the bottom.
+Helplessly we waited beside it until the dawn broke, to show a raging
+sea and a flying scud above it. There was no sign of the Black Swan.
+Climbing the hill we looked down, but on all the great torn expanse of
+the ocean there was no gleam of a sail. She was gone. Whether she had
+sunk, or whether she was recaptured by her English crew, or what strange
+fate may have been in store for her, I do not know. Never again in this
+life did I see Captain Fourneau to tell him the result of my mission.
+For my own part I gave myself up to the English, my boatman and I
+pretending that we were the only survivors of a lost vessel--though,
+indeed, there was no pretence in the matter. At the hands of their
+officers I received that generous hospitality which I have always
+encountered, but it was many a long month before I could get a passage
+back to the dear land outside of which there can be no happiness for so
+true a Frenchman as myself.
+
+And so I tell you in one evening how I bade good-bye to my master, and
+I take my leave also of you, my kind friends, who have listened so
+patiently to the long-winded stories of an old broken soldier. Russia,
+Italy, Germany, Spain, Portugal, and England, you have gone with me to
+all these countries, and you have seen through my dim eyes something of
+the sparkle and splendour of those great days, and I have brought back
+to you some shadow of those men whose tread shook the earth. Treasure it
+in your minds and pass it on to your children, for the memory of a great
+age is the most precious treasure that a nation can possess. As the tree
+is nurtured by its own cast leaves so it is these dead men and vanished
+days which may bring out another blossoming of heroes, of rulers, and of
+sages. I go to Gascony, but my words stay here in your memory, and long
+after Etienne Gerard is forgotten a heart may be warmed or a spirit
+braced by some faint echo of the words that he has spoken. Gentlemen, an
+old soldier salutes you and bids you farewell.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Adventures of Gerard, by Arthur Conan Doyle
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF GERARD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 1644-0.txt or 1644-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/4/1644/
+
+Produced by Charles Keller
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.